manualshive.com logo in svg

Canon imagePROGRAF iPF6300S, User Manual

The Canon imagePROGRAF iPF6300S is a high-quality large format printer designed for professional photographers and artists. To get started with this exceptional device, you can easily access the free Basic Manual, available for download on manualshive.com. Gain valuable insights on product usage, maintenance, and troubleshooting from this comprehensive manual.

Share
Download
background image

The Features of Preview ...............................................................................................................................................

248

Operating Environment ................................................................................................................................................

248

Starting Preview ...........................................................................................................................................................

249

Preview Main Window .................................................................................................................................................

250

Dialog Area ..................................................................................................................................................................

253

Enlarge/Reduce the screen display ...............................................................................................................................

254

Moving a Page ..............................................................................................................................................................

254

Using the ruler ..............................................................................................................................................................

255

Priority setting for rotating 90 degrees .........................................................................................................................

255

Printing with Selecting the Layout ...............................................................................................................................

257

Print on the Center ........................................................................................................................................................

259

Not Print Spaces at the Top/Bottom .............................................................................................................................

260

Free Layout

261

The Features of Free Layout .........................................................................................................................................

261

Operating Environment ................................................................................................................................................

262

Starting Free Layout .....................................................................................................................................................

262

Free Layout Main Window ..........................................................................................................................................

265

Detailed Settings  ..........................................................................................................................................................

267

Preferences Dialog Box ................................................................................................................................................

268

Page Options Dialog Box .............................................................................................................................................

269

Zoom Dialog Box .........................................................................................................................................................

270

Format Dialog Box .......................................................................................................................................................

271

Laying out a Multiple-File Document on One Page ....................................................................................................

273

Laying out a Document Created with Multiple Application Programs on One Page ..................................................

276

Selecting an Object .......................................................................................................................................................

279

Changing the Object Size .............................................................................................................................................

280

Moving an Object .........................................................................................................................................................

280

Rotating an Object ........................................................................................................................................................

281

Laying out Objects Automatically ...............................................................................................................................

282

Aligning Objects ...........................................................................................................................................................

282

Changing the Object Overlapping Order ......................................................................................................................

284

Pasting a Copied or Cut Object ....................................................................................................................................

286

Folded Duplex Window ...............................................................................................................................................

287

Finished Size Settings Dialog Box ...............................................................................................................................

288

Binding Settings Dialog Box ........................................................................................................................................

289

Prints using Folded Duplex  .........................................................................................................................................

290

Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy

292

The Features of Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy .........................................................................................

292

Operating Environment ................................................................................................................................................

292

Starting Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy .....................................................................................................

292

Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Dialog Box ...............................................................................................

294

Hot Folder .....................................................................................................................................................................

295

Creating a New Hot Folder ..........................................................................................................................................

296

Specifying an Existing Shared Folder as a Hot Folder .................................................................................................

300

Setting the Print Parameters .........................................................................................................................................

303

Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER ...............................................................

304

Print Plug-In for Photoshop/Digital Photo Professional

307

The Features of Print Plug-In .......................................................................................................................................

308

Operating Environment ................................................................................................................................................

308

Installation Procedures .................................................................................................................................................

309

Uninstall Procedures .....................................................................................................................................................

312

Starting from Photoshop ...............................................................................................................................................

312

Starting from Digital Photo Professional .....................................................................................................................

314

Summary of Contents for imagePROGRAF iPF6300S

Page 1: ...c OS X Software 485 4 Print Job Operations 718 5 Handling Paper 772 6 Adjustments for Better Print Quality 824 7 Printer Parts 874 8 Control Panel 889 9 Network Setting 934 10 Maintenance and Consumables 971 11 Troubleshooting 1010 12 Error Message 1048 13 Specifications 1077 14 Appendix 1084 15 ver1 00 2011 02 14 ENG ...

Page 2: ...erted from the HTML format instruction manual included on the User Manuals CD ROM supplied with the printer Thus there are descriptions that are applied only in HTML format and functions video display function etc that cannot be used We appreciate your understanding ...

Page 3: ...d Images Mac OS X 25 Printing from Photoshop 29 Printing Adobe RGB Images Windows 30 Printing Adobe RGB Images Mac OS X 34 Printing Office Documents 38 Printing Office Documents Windows 38 Printing Office Documents Mac OS X 40 Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals 44 Printing CAD Drawings 47 Printing Line Drawings and Text 47 Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows 47 Printing Line Drawings and ...

Page 4: ...ing banners or at other non standard sizes 122 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing 122 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows 123 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X 128 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes 131 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Windows 132 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Mac OS X 13...

Page 5: ...6 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X 198 Windows Software 201 Printer Driver 202 Printer Driver Settings 202 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver 204 Confirming Print Settings 207 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing 208 Using Favorites 209 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications 211 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu 213 ...

Page 6: ...oving an Object 280 Rotating an Object 281 Laying out Objects Automatically 282 Aligning Objects 282 Changing the Object Overlapping Order 284 Pasting a Copied or Cut Object 286 Folded Duplex Window 287 Finished Size Settings Dialog Box 288 Binding Settings Dialog Box 289 Prints using Folded Duplex 290 Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 292 The Features of Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 292 Op...

Page 7: ...ng Adobe CMM 348 Perform Black Point Compensation 350 Perform Printing Press Simulation Print 351 Enlarge Reduce and Print 352 Enlarge Reduce and Print Matching Output Media Size 352 Enlarge Reduce and Print Matching Width of Roll Paper 354 Specify Scaling Enlarge Reduce and Print 355 Print with No Borders 356 Customize Media Settings 357 Utilize Print History 358 Confirm Print History Details 358...

Page 8: ...ing the Unit Cost for Items Other Than Ink and Paper 436 Configuring Units and Display Settings in Accounting Manager 437 Automatically Acquiring Print Job Logs at Regular Intervals 438 Canceling Regular Print Job Log Acquisition 438 Switching Between Displaying Jobs on Printer and Regularly Acquired Jobs 438 Exporting Print Job Data as a CSV File 439 Showing Job Properties 439 Showing Saving and ...

Page 9: ...g Box 499 Paper Detailed Settings Dialog Box 500 View settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application 502 Matching pane 503 Ambient Light Adjust dialog box 505 Light Source Check Tool 507 Color Settings Pane Color 508 Object Adjustment dialog box Color 509 Color Settings Pane Monochrome 510 Object Adjustment dialog box Monochrome 511 Gray Adjustment Pane 512 Page Setup Pane 513 Utility Pane 515 A...

Page 10: ...g Box 573 Laying out a Multiple File Document on One Page 574 Laying out a Document Created with Multiple Application Programs on One Page 574 Selecting an Object 575 Changing the Object Size 575 Moving an Object 576 Rotating an Object 577 Laying out Objects Automatically 578 Aligning Objects 578 Changing the Object Overlapping Order 580 Pasting a Copied or Cut Object 582 Color imageRUNNER Enlarge...

Page 11: ...h Roll Paper Preview 640 Print with a Desired Picture Quality 640 Adjust the Colors and Print 641 Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Color 642 Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Monochrome 643 Adjust the Colors by Color Matching 647 Print High Quality Adobe RGB16bit Images 648 Prints monochrome photographs with high quality 650 Using Adobe CMM 650 Perform Black Point Co...

Page 12: ...712 Export Custom Media Information 712 Import Custom Media Information 714 Warnings 716 Print Job Operations 718 Basic Print Job Operations 719 Using the Printer Hard Disk 719 Saving Print Jobs on the Printer Hard Disk 721 Managing the Job Queue Deleting or Preempting Other Jobs 724 Managing Pending Jobs Printing or Deleting Jobs on Hold 727 Printing Saved Jobs 729 Deleting Saved Jobs 736 Moving ...

Page 13: ...Printhead 827 Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors Head Posi Adj 827 Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors Head Posi Adj 829 Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images Head Height 831 Adjusting the feed amount 833 Adjusting the Feed Amount 833 Selecting a Feed Amount Adjustment Method Feed Priority 833 Automatic Banding Adjustment Adj Quality 834 Manual Banding Adju...

Page 14: ...anel 890 Control Panel Display 892 How to View Instructions with Navigate 895 Checking Instructions During Printer Operations 897 Printer Menu 900 Printer Menu Operations 900 Menu Operations 901 Menu Structure 904 Menu Settings 914 Menu Settings During Printing 924 Status Print 926 Printing Interface Setting Reports 929 Network Setting 934 Network Environment 935 Network Environment 935 Using Remo...

Page 15: ... Mode Manually 968 Email Notification When Printing is Finished or Errors Occur 969 Initializing the Network Settings 969 Maintenance and Consumables 971 Ink Tanks 972 Ink Tanks 972 Replacing Ink Tanks 972 Checking Ink Tank Levels 978 When to Replace Ink Tanks 979 Printheads 980 Printhead 980 Checking for Nozzle Clogging 980 Cleaning the Printhead 981 Replacing the Printhead 982 Maintenance Cartri...

Page 16: ... paper is dirty 1029 Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of paper 1029 Immediately after borderless printing the trailing edge margin is soiled during regular printing 1029 Printed colors are inaccurate 1030 Banding in different colors occurs 1030 Colors in printed images are uneven 1031 Image edges are blurred or white banding occurs 1032 Setting the Blue Switch on the Platen 1033 The ...

Page 17: ...r loaded askew 1058 Paper not aligned with right guide 1058 Cannot detect papr 1058 Cannot feed paper 1059 Cannot cut paper 1059 End of paper feed 1060 Borderless printng not possible 1060 Roll paper is not securely in contact with roll holder 1061 Messages regarding ink 1062 Ink insufficient 1062 No ink left 1062 Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected 1062 Close Ink Tank Cover 10...

Page 18: ... full 1072 Mail box full Now printing without saving data 1072 Mail box nearly full 1073 Maximum jobs stored 1073 Mail box full Delete unwanted data 1073 Other Messages 1074 GARO Wxxxx x represents a number 1074 ERROR Exxx xxxx x represents a letter or number 1074 Hardware error xxxxxxxx xxxx x represents a letter or number 1074 Prepare for parts replacement 1075 Parts replacement time has passed ...

Page 19: ...Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure 2 Canceling print jobs 14 Pausing Printing 19 Basic Printing Workflow iPF6300S 1 1 ...

Page 20: ...asily print vertical or horizontal banners from familiar applications such as Microsoft Office applications See Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing P 122 Borderless printing Print without a margin border around posters or photos See Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size P 107 See Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 114 See Borderles...

Page 21: ... by Entering a Scaling Value P 85 Free Layout function Print multiple documents from multiple applications such as word processing programs spreadsheet programs and so on next to each other See Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other P 139 Turning the Printer On and Off Turning the printer on 1 Press the Power button to turn on the printer The printer will now start up After the Display Scr...

Page 22: ...ection at the plug and electrical outlet Important Starting the printer when it is connected via the USB cable to a Macintosh computer that is off may cause the computer to start up at the same time To prevent this disconnect the USB cable before starting the printer Connecting the printer to the computer via a USB hub may solve this issue Turning the printer off Important Never disconnect the pri...

Page 23: ...inting quality is most important we recommend setting TrimEdge Reload to On or Automat ic so that the paper edge is automatically cut before printing Before printing banners or other long documents spread a clean cloth or paper on the floor or use the Output Stacker to prevent the printed surface from becoming dirty from the floor after printing Note For details on supported sizes and types of rol...

Page 24: ...printer on See Turning the Printer On and Off P 3 2 Load the roll on the Roll Holder See Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 781 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure Loading and Printing on Rolls iPF6300S 1 6 ...

Page 25: ...3 Load the roll in the printer See Loading Rolls in the Printer P 784 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure iPF6300S Loading and Printing on Rolls 1 7 ...

Page 26: ... Paper P 787 Note If no barcode has been printed on the roll and you have set ManageRemainRoll to On specify the roll length after the type of paper See Specifying the Paper Length P 789 5 Complete settings in the printer driver for the type of paper and other details Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows P 204 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X P 488 Basic Printing Workflow ...

Page 27: ... Note For details on supported types and sizes of paper see Paper Sizes or the Paper Reference Guide See Paper Sizes P 774 See Types of Paper P 773 Borderless printing is not supported on sheets For the features and the main printing methods available for sheet printing see Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets P 2 1 Turn the printer on See Turning the Printer On and Off P 3 2 Complete settings ...

Page 28: ...3 Send the print job Printing in Windows P 11 Printing from Mac OS X P 12 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure Loading and Printing on Sheets iPF6300S 1 10 ...

Page 29: ... application menu Important We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing Running several applications while printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality 1 In the source application select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure iPF6300S Printing in Windows 1 11 ...

Page 30: ...r driver dialog box There are two ways to access the printer driver dialog box as follows From the application See Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows P 211 From the operating system menu See Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows P 213 Printing from Mac OS X Print from the application menu after registering the printer Importan...

Page 31: ...ox includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer specify the range of pages number of copies and so on 2 Select the printer in the Printer list 3 Click Print to start printing As shown in the following illustration you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete settings for vari ous methods of printing including enlarged and reduced printing borderless printin...

Page 32: ...ing printing printer operation varies depending on the current status If you press the Stop button before printing starts Pressing the Stop button before printing starts will display a confirmation message To cancel the print job select Yes If you press the Stop button during printing Pressing the Stop button during printing will display a confirmation message To cancel the print job immediately s...

Page 33: ...can also display this window by double clicking the printer icon in the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder accessible through the Windows start menu 2 Right click the job to cancel and select Cancel 3 If the job to cancel is not shown in the printer window that is if the print data has already been received by the printer double click the taskbar icon to display imagePROGRAF Status Monitor 4 On...

Page 34: ...are being sent from the computer After transmission jobs are not displayed even during printing Print jobs are displayed in the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor window from the moment the printer starts re ceiving the print data until the moment printing is finished They are not displayed before print data is sent to the printer even if the computer has started preparing the print data 1 Click the printe...

Page 35: ...er click Utility to display imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 4 Select the print job to cancel and click to delete the print job Note The screen may differ slightly depending on the model you are using The job sent to the printer is canceled Basic Printing Workflow Canceling print jobs iPF6300S Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X 1 17 ...

Page 36: ...ume Printer Important Always follow these steps if you cancel print jobs from imagePROGRAF Printmonitor If you do not restart job processing the next job cannot be printed Basic Printing Workflow Canceling print jobs Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X iPF6300S 1 18 ...

Page 37: ...ng cases the status is cleared even if you do not set Pause Print to Off and printing from the job queue resumes When paper is advanced When you execute Chg Paper Type in the Paper Menu 1 During printing on the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Job tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Press the OK button The Job Menu is displa...

Page 38: ...es 55 Printing enlargements or reductions 73 Printing at full size 93 Borderless Printing 107 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 122 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 139 Centering originals 160 Conserving roll paper 172 Checking Images Before Printing 184 Other useful settings 186 Enhanced Printing Options iPF6300S 2 20 ...

Page 39: ...ts may not be suitable If the paper type is not listed for selection If the type of paper loaded cannot be selected try specifying glossy paper or proofing paper as a special paper Special 1 to Special 5 in this order BK Black Ink is used as the black ink Try specifying other types of paper as Special 6 to Special 10 MBK Matte Black Ink is used as the black ink Note that higher numbers in this set...

Page 40: ... driver you can easily configure the printing of illustrations and photos Print Target Description Photo Color Print photographic images from digital cameras with an op timal setting Photo Monochrome Print monochrome photos with an optimal setting Poster An optimal setting for posters Print in vivid colors with impact and high saturation Faithful Color Reproduc tion Print with minimum color differ...

Page 41: ...rating system Printing Photos and Images Windows P 23 Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X P 25 Printing Photos and Images Windows This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example Document Photo image from a digital camera Page size 10 12 inches 254 0 304 8 mm Paper Roll Paper type Glossy Photo Paper HG 170 Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Choose Print in the application...

Page 42: ...d related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the Media Configuration Tool from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool For details see Media Configura tion Tool P 447 5 After confirming that DEasy Settings is selected click Photo Color in the EPrint Target list Note You can check the settings values selecte...

Page 43: ...printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 202 11 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example Document Photo image from a digital camera Page size 10 12 inches 254 0 304 8 mm Pap...

Page 44: ... configured in the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 In the FPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 10 x12 4 If you configured the settings using the Page Attributes dialog box click FOK to close the dialog box and then select Print from the application software ...

Page 45: ... ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool For details see Media Con figuration Tool P 676 7 After confirming that DEasy Settings is selected click Photo Color in the EPrint Target list Note For information on settings optimized for printing photos and images see Printing Photos and Im ages P 22 You can check the settings values selected in the EPrint Target list...

Page 46: ... displayed in the BRoll Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in BRoll Width click LPrinter Informa tion on the Main pane to update the printer information Enhanced Printing Options Printing Photos and Office Documents Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 28 ...

Page 47: ...t you can load in Photoshop and customize for your printing needs By using the plug in you can print while preserving the 16 bit RGB data from Photoshop without losing the exceptional color gradations of original image Some of the settings and cus tomizations available in the plug in are as follows Automatic detection of the color space sRGB or Adobe RGB for automatic selection of the optimal prof...

Page 48: ...ndows This topic describes how to print Adobe RGB images based on the following example Document Adobe RGB image created in Photoshop Page Size 10 12 inches 254 0 304 8 mm Paper Roll Paper type Glossy Photo Paper HG 170 Roll Paper Width 10 inches 254 0 mm Important In Photoshop select no color matching In the printer driver settings select Driver Matching Mode and choose Adobe RGB in Color Space 1...

Page 49: ...type of paper that is loaded In this case click Glossy Photo Paper HG 170 9 Click DAdvanced Settings to switch the print mode 10 Click Image in the EPrint Priority list Enhanced Printing Options Printing Photos and Office Documents iPF6300S Printing Adobe RGB Images Windows 2 31 ...

Page 50: ...d in the FPrint Quality list vary depending on the paper type 12 Click Color in the GColor Mode list 13 Click HColor Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box Enhanced Printing Options Printing Photos and Office Documents Printing Adobe RGB Images Windows iPF6300S 2 32 ...

Page 51: ... sheet 15 In AMatching Mode click Driver Matching Mode 16 In CColor Space click Adobe RGB 17 Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box Enhanced Printing Options Printing Photos and Office Documents iPF6300S Printing Adobe RGB Images Windows 2 33 ...

Page 52: ...nd then click OK 22 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Printing Adobe RGB Images Mac OS X This topic describes how to print Adobe RGB images based on the following example Document Adobe RGB image created in Photoshop Page size 10 12 inches 254 0 304 8 mm Paper Roll Paper type Glossy Photo Paper HG ...

Page 53: ...ting Adobe RGB images refer to the Photoshop documentation 2 Choose Print with Preview from the Photoshop menu to display the Print dialog box 3 Make sure the setting mode is Color Management 4 In the Color Handling list click Printer Manages Colors 5 Click Print 6 Access the Main pane 7 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Glossy Photo Paper HG 170 En...

Page 54: ...ding on the type of paper 11 Click Color in the HColor Mode list 12 Click ISet to display the Color Settings dialog box 13 Click Matching to display the Matching pane 14 In Matching Mode click Driver Matching Mode 15 In Color Space click Adobe RGB 16 Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box Enhanced Printing Options Printing Photos and Office Documents Printing Adobe RGB Images Mac OS X iPF...

Page 55: ...m Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in BRoll Width click LPrinter Informa tion on the Main pane to update the printer information 20 Make sure CPage Size in the Page Setup pane matches the size of the original as specified in Photoshop in this case 10 x12 Enhanced Printing Options Printing Photos and Office Documents iPF6300S Printing Adobe RGB Images Mac OS X 2 37 ...

Page 56: ...rity to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 64 For instructions on printing office documents refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Printing Office Documents Windows P 38 Printing Office Documents Mac OS X P 40 Printing Office Documents Windows This topic describes how to print office documents based on the following example Document O...

Page 57: ...k Plain Paper 5 After confirming that DEasy Settings is selected click Office Document in the EPrint Target list Note You can check the settings values selected in the EPrint Target list by clicking GView Settings Enhanced Printing Options Printing Photos and Office Documents iPF6300S Printing Office Documents Windows 2 39 ...

Page 58: ...m the print settings and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Printing Office Documents Mac OS X This topic describes how to print office documents based on the following example Document Office document created using word processing or spreadsheet programs Page size A4 210 0 297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Paper Sheets Paper type Plain Paper...

Page 59: ... the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 In the FPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 for Paper Tray Large Mar gins 4 If you configured the settings using the Page Attributes dialog box click FOK to close the dialog box and then select Print from the appli...

Page 60: ...g that DEasy Settings is selected click Office Document in the EPrint Target list Note You can check the settings values selected in the EPrint Target list by clicking GView set 8 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list Enhanced Printing Options Printing Photos and Office Documents Printing Office Documents Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 42 ...

Page 61: ...per Tray Large Margins 12 Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X P 486 13 Confirm the print settings and then click MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Enhanced Printing Options Printing Photos and Office Documents iPF6300S Printing Office D...

Page 62: ...PosterArtist to compose originals from multiple applications creating a poster layout for printing 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box See Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows P 211 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Enhanced Printing Options Printing Photos and Office Documents ...

Page 63: ... in the APage Layout list 7 When you attempt to print PosterArtist starts up and the PageCapture window is displayed At this point the docu ment will not be printed yet 8 Choose the page to load in PosterArtist Enhanced Printing Options Printing Photos and Office Documents iPF6300S Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals 2 45 ...

Page 64: ...peat steps 1 8 to arrange originals from multiple applications on the same page Note For details on how to edit and sort images refer to the PosterArtist Manual 10 Print from the PosterArtist menu Enhanced Printing Options Printing Photos and Office Documents Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals iPF6300S 2 46 ...

Page 65: ...t target by clicking View Settings You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settings refer to Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 64 For instructions on printing line drawings and text refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and oper ating system Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows P 47 P...

Page 66: ...Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 After confirming that DEasy Settings is selected click CAD Color Line Drawing or CAD Monochrome Line Drawing in the EPrint Target list Note You can check the settings values selected in the EPrint Target list by clicking GView Settings Enhanced Printing Options Printing CAD Drawings Printing Line Drawings and Text W...

Page 67: ... Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 You can conserve roll paper by configuring settings suitable for the document For details on how to conserve paper and print refer to Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Origi nals 90 Degrees Windows P 172 Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X This topic describe...

Page 68: ...t displayed the settings are configured in the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 In the FPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A3 4 If you configured the settings using the Page Attributes dialog box click FOK to close the dialog box and then select Print fr...

Page 69: ...ng that DEasy Settings is selected click CAD Color Line Drawing in the EPrint Target list Note You can check the settings values selected in the EPrint Target list by clicking GView set 8 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list Enhanced Printing Options Printing CAD Drawings iPF6300S Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X 2 51 ...

Page 70: ... is displayed in the BRoll Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in BRoll Width click LPrinter Informa tion on the Main pane to update the printer information Enhanced Printing Options Printing CAD Drawings Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 52 ...

Page 71: ...ization Module for AutoCAD is software for printing optimally from AutoCAD with the printer driver By optimally controlling the processing resolution of raster data and the memory to be used in image processing of Auto CAD printing superior in reliability and productivity is realized If you install Printer Driver Optimization Module for AutoCAD on a computer on which supported AutoCAD is installed...

Page 72: ...e for AutoCAD If Printer Driver Optimization Module for AutoCAD is not installed install it by the following method 1 Insert User Software CD ROM in the CD ROM drive and start the installer 2 In the Setup Menu window click Install Individual Software 3 Click Install of Printer Driver Optimization Module for AutoCAD 4 Follow the instructions on the screen Enhanced Printing Options Printing CAD Draw...

Page 73: ...e photos Monochrome Print in grayscale You can adjust the color balance No color correction 1 Prints without performing color matching in the printer driver You can adjust the color balance 1 If No color correction is selected the Matching sheet Matching pane is not displayed Color Adjustment You can adjust colors separately for images graphics and text documents Adjustment Item Description Cyan F...

Page 74: ...atching by the printer driver using the ICM function of printer driver Select this if you want to print by only specifying the matching method Available when using Windows Host ICM Mode Enables color matching by the host computer using the ICM function of Windows Select this if you want to print from an application that supports the ICM function ColorSync Enables color matching by using the ColorS...

Page 75: ...to is selected in Color Mode Gray Adjustment Items Description Color Balance Adjust the gray tone to suit the images of monochrome photos Choose cool black tinged with blue pure black neutral warm black tinged with red and so on Select the color tone in the color region or from the list Brightness Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and lightest por tions intact Contr...

Page 76: ... Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box See Accessing the Printer Driv er Dialog Box from Applications Windows P 211 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed 4 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Windows iP...

Page 77: ... switch the print mode 6 Click Color in the GColor Mode list 7 Click HColor Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images iPF6300S Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Windows 2 59 ...

Page 78: ...rkest and lightest por tions intact IContrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast JSaturation Adjust the level of color saturation in a range from subdued to vivid Note Click Object Adjustment to open the Object Adjustment dialog box which allows you to select the color adj...

Page 79: ...are you are using If Page Setup is displayed in the application menu the settings are configured by opening the Page Attributes dialog box from Page Setup If it is not displayed the settings are configured in the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 Choose the original size in the FPaper Size...

Page 80: ...pe list select the type of paper that is loaded 7 Click DAdvanced Settings to switch the print mode 8 Click Color in the HColor Mode list Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 62 ...

Page 81: ...he list HBrightness Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and lightest por tions intact IContrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast JSaturation Adjust the level of color saturation in a range from subdued to vivid Note Click Object Adjustment t...

Page 82: ... printing results that appear just as expected for your original you can specify which graphic elements and colors to prioritize for printing Note Easy Settings are also available providing convenient presets To use the presets simply choose the printing application For details on Easy Settings refer to the following topics Printing Photos and Images P 22 Printing Line Drawings and Text P 47 Print...

Page 83: ...tant Printing takes longer and consumes more ink than in Standard or Fast modes but this mode offers exceptional printing quality Image Line Drawing Text Proof Standard Choose this setting to print at standard resolu tion when quality and speed are both impor tant Printing takes less time than in High mode Image Line Drawing Text Office Document Proof Fast Choose this setting to print faster Print...

Page 84: ...ed Enhancing printing quality Setting Item Description Highest quality This prints at the highest resolution Printing takes longer and consumes more ink than in other modes but this mode offers superior printing quality Thicken Fine Lines Prints making fine lines appear thicker Unidirectional Printing Prints by suppressing color variations and misaligned ruled lines However this takes more time th...

Page 85: ...Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box Refer to Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows P 211 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed 4 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images iPF6300S Choosing the Document Type and Printing Condi...

Page 86: ...Quality list vary depending on the type of paper 8 Click Monochrome in the GColor Mode list 9 To adjust the brightness and contrast click HColor Settings Note For instructions on adjusting brightness and contrast see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 55 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Windows iPF6300S 2 68 ...

Page 87: ...ze LPaper Source and so on 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For details on how to check the printing settings refer to Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images iPF6300S Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Windows 2 69 ...

Page 88: ...es in monochrome 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box 2 Select the printer in the BFormat for list 3 Choose the original size in the CPaper Size list 4 Click FOK to close the dialog box 5 In the application menu choose Print Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 70 ...

Page 89: ...select the type of paper that is loaded 8 Click DAdvanced Settings to switch the print mode 9 Click Image in the EPrint Priority list Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images iPF6300S Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X 2 71 ...

Page 90: ... on adjusting brightness and contrast see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driv er P 55 13 Access the Page Setup pane 14 Confirm the settings of APaper Source and CPage Size 15 Confirm the print settings and then click MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Choosing the Document T...

Page 91: ... Paper Size Enlarge or reduce the original to match the size of the paper you are using For instructions on resizing originals to match the paper size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your com puter and operating system Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows P 73 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X P 75 Note For better printing results when enlarging pho...

Page 92: ...x See Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows P 211 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed 4 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the EPrint Target list Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows iPF6300S 2 7...

Page 93: ...1 Select the DFit Paper Size check box 12 Click ISO A3 in the GPaper Size list 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size based on the following example Document Any T...

Page 94: ... displayed the settings are configured in the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 In the FPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 If you configured the settings using the Page Attributes dialog box click FOK to close the dialog box and then select Print fro...

Page 95: ...aper 7 Make your selection in the EPrint Target list 8 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list 9 Access the Page Setup pane 10 Select and click a roll paper in the APaper Source list Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions iPF6300S Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X 2 77 ...

Page 96: ...date the printer information 12 Make sure CPage Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specified in CPaper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 13 Select the DEnlarged Reduced Printing check box 14 Make sure EFit Paper Size is selected 15 Click ISO A3 in the IPaper Size list Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Ma...

Page 97: ...or your computer and operating system Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows P 79 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X P 82 Note For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format use an image editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of 150 dpi or more at actual size Resizing Originals to ...

Page 98: ...alog Box from Applications Windows P 211 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed 4 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the EPrint Target list Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows iPF6300S 2 80 ...

Page 99: ...aper in the LPaper Source list 8 In the APage Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions iPF6300S Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows 2 81 ...

Page 100: ...specify matches the width of the loaded roll 11 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width based on the following example Document Any Type Page size A4 210 0 297 0 mm 8 3 ...

Page 101: ...gured in the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 In the FPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 If you configured the settings using the Page Attributes dialog box click FOK to close the dialog box and then select Print from the application software menu E...

Page 102: ...Paper 7 Make your selection in the EPrint Target list 8 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list 9 Access the Page Setup pane 10 Select and click a roll paper in the APaper Source list Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 84 ...

Page 103: ... case ISO A4 13 Select the DEnlarged Reduced Printing check box 14 Click FFit Roll Paper Width 15 Confirm the print settings and then click MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired Enlarged Reduce...

Page 104: ...e at actual size Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value based on the following example Document Any Type Page size A4 210 0 297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Paper Roll paper Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in Important In borderless printing you cannot resize originals by ...

Page 105: ...hat is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the EPrint Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions iPF6300S Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Windows 2 87 ...

Page 106: ...es of the paper will not be printed If the original size after enlargement or reduction is smaller than the paper size the original is printed in the upper left corner In this case you can center originals by selecting EPrint Centered on the Layout sheet 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Resizin...

Page 107: ...rom Page Setup If it is not displayed the settings are configured in the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 In the FPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 If you configured the settings using the Page Attributes dialog box click FOK to close the dialog bo...

Page 108: ...er 7 Make your selection in the EPrint Target list 8 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list 9 Access the Page Setup pane 10 Select and click a roll paper in the APaper Source list Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 90 ...

Page 109: ...LPrinter Informa tion on the Main pane to update the printer information 12 Make sure the CPage Size setting matches the original size as selected in CPaper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 13 Select the DEnlarged Reduced Printing check box Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions iPF6300S Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Mac OS X 2 91 ...

Page 110: ...n the paper size the original is printed in the upper left corner In this case you can center originals by selecting the JPrint Centered check box 15 Confirm the print settings and then click MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals by Entering a ...

Page 111: ...argin Note If you prepare an original for printing without a margin and print it on paper of regular size the image near the edge will not be printed Oversize The margin required by the printer is added around the outside of a regular paper size For example when printing a A4 sized original 210 297 mm you have the following options a Regular paper size Gray area not printed b Page Size c Oversized...

Page 112: ...ing at Full Size Windows P 94 Printing at Full Size Mac OS X P 95 Printing at Full Size Windows This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example Oversized Printing Document Any Type Page Size A4 210 0 297 0 mm Letter 8 3 11 7 in Paper Roll Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in ...

Page 113: ...rsize ISO A4 in the APage Size list 10 Select and click a roll paper in the LPaper Source list 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the MRoll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Printing at Full Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to pri...

Page 114: ...ibutes dialog box from Page Setup If it is not displayed the settings are configured in the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 In FPaper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 Oversize 4 If you configured the settings using the Page Attributes dialog box click FOK to ...

Page 115: ...ase click Plain Paper 7 Make your selection in the EPrint Target list 8 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list 9 Access the Page Setup pane 10 Select and click a roll paper in the APaper Source list Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size iPF6300S Printing at Full Size Mac OS X 2 97 ...

Page 116: ...n pane to update the printer information 12 Make sure CPage Size shows the original size as specified in CPaper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 Oversize 13 Confirm the print settings and then click MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size Printing at Fu...

Page 117: ... sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls If Fit Paper Size or Print Image with Actual Size Windows only is selected when performing bor derless printing Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper cannot be selected When borderless printing is used the edge of the paper is cut during printin...

Page 118: ...rinting at Actual Size Windows This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder See Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 781 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing Docum...

Page 119: ...m Applications Windows P 211 4 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed 5 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Select the print target in the EPrint Target list Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size iPF6300S Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows 2 101 ...

Page 120: ...al as specified in the source application In this case click 10 x12 9 Select and click a roll paper in the LPaper Source list 10 Select the BBorderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows iPF6300S 2 102 ...

Page 121: ...size based on the following example If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder See Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 781 The platen may be soiled from borderless printing if you do not attach it Document Any type Page size 10 12 inches 254 0 304 8 mm Borderless Paper Roll Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper Roll paper ...

Page 122: ...ox 5 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size 6 Choose Print in the application menu 7 Access the Main pane 8 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Select the print target in the EPrint Target list Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size Borderless Printing at Actual Size M...

Page 123: ...e sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the BRoll Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in BRoll Width click LPrinter Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size iPF6300S Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X 2 105 ...

Page 124: ...tes dialog box in this case 10 x12 Borderless 14 Confirm the print settings and then click MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 106 ...

Page 125: ...Holder P 781 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing the Platen maybe soiled from borderless printing Paper incompatible with the printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls If Fit Paper Size o...

Page 126: ...wing example If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder See Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 781 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing Document Any type Page size 10 12 inches 254 0 304 8 mm Paper Roll Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper Roll paper wi...

Page 127: ...s loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Select the print target in the EPrint Target list 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing iPF6300S Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows 2 109 ...

Page 128: ...rint settings and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size based on the following example If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spa...

Page 129: ... the CPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 10 x12 Note All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to match the paper size 4 Click FOK to close the dialog box 5 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size 6 Choose Print in the application menu Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing iPF6300S Bo...

Page 130: ...ick Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Select the print target in the EPrint Target list 10 Access the Page Setup pane 11 Select and click a roll paper in the APaper Source list Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 112 ...

Page 131: ...e setting matches the original size as selected in CPaper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case 10 x12 14 Select the DEnlarged Reduced Printing check box 15 Select the HBorderless Printing check box 16 Click EFit Paper Size under DEnlarged Reduced Printing 17 In IPaper Size click the paper size In this case click 10 x12 Borderless Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing iPF6300...

Page 132: ...printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls If Fit Paper Size or Print Image with Actual Size Windows only is selected when performing bor derless printing Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper cannot be selec...

Page 133: ... the following ex ample If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder See Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 781 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing Document Any type Page size A4 210 0 297 0 mm Letter 8 3 11 7 in Paper Roll Paper type Heavyweight Coated...

Page 134: ...is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Select the print target in the EPrint Target list 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows iPF6300S 2 116 ...

Page 135: ...s desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width based on the following example If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Rol...

Page 136: ...e size of the original In this case click ISO A4 Note All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to fit the roll width 4 Click FOK to close the dialog box 5 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size 6 Choose Print in the application menu Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals t...

Page 137: ...lick Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Select the print target in the EPrint Target list 10 Access the Page Setup pane 11 Select and click a roll paper in the APaper Source list Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing iPF6300S Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X 2 119 ...

Page 138: ...re the CPage Size setting matches the original size as selected in CPaper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 14 Select the DEnlarged Reduced Printing check box 15 Select the HBorderless Printing check box This ensures that FFit Roll Paper Width is automatically selected in DEnlarged Reduced Printing Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizi...

Page 139: ...MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing iPF6300S Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X 2 121 ...

Page 140: ...d horizontal banners with the width of rolls use the printer driver function for automatical ly enlarging reducing and printing For example if you automatically enlarge a document created with application software such as Microsoft Word you can print the full width of the roll easily For instructions on printing vertical or horizontal banners refer to the following topics as appropriate for your c...

Page 141: ... 1 Register a Custom Paper Size in the printer driver Call a non standard paper size registered in the printer driver with Custom Paper Size Once you register Custom Paper Size you then can select it repeatedly from the paper size list Custom Paper Size can be set up to 18 0 m 2 In the application create an original in the size you registered 3 Print the banner using the settings that correspond t...

Page 142: ...aper Size Options dialog box 10 Close the printer driver dialog box Note Although you can even set Custom Size for the paper size the maximum settable size is 3 2 m The setting of Custom Size is disabled when you exit the application software For more information see Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Windows P 132 Creating the banner in the application Follow the steps below to create the banne...

Page 143: ... Create the banner Printing the banner Follow these steps to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings 1 Choose Print in the Microsoft Word menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box See Accessing the Printer Driv er Dialog Box from Applications Windows P 211 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed 4 In the AMedia Type list select the ...

Page 144: ... Select the CEnlarged Reduced Printing check box Note If the CEnlarged Reduced Printing check box is not displayed on the Page Setup sheet clear the BBorderless Printing check box Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows iPF6300S 2 126 ...

Page 145: ...gs and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 If printing is unsuccessful you may be able to print after completing the following setting 1 On the Layout sheet click JSpecial Settings to display the Special Settings dialog box 2 In the FineZoom Settings list click Yes Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standar...

Page 146: ...0 5 Custom Paper Sizes Mac OS X 10 6 Once you register Custom Page Sizes Custom Paper Sizes you then can select it repeatedly from the paper size list Custom Page Sizes Custom Paper Sizes can be set up to 18 0 m 3 Print the banner using the settings that correspond to banners Note The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10 5 The method of setting up non standard paper sizes varies depending...

Page 147: ...r Margins Here too measurements are entered in centimeters 8 Click OK to close the Custom Page Sizes dialog box 9 In the CPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 100 500 the size you registered 10 In DOrientation click the icon of the document in landscape orientation 11 Click FOK to close the dialog box Print the banner Follow the steps below to print the banner using th...

Page 148: ... selection in the EPrint Target list 5 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list 6 Access the Page Setup pane 7 Select and click a roll paper in the APaper Source list Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 130 ...

Page 149: ... Sizes For printing on non standard size paper first register the paper size in the printer driver Once you register a paper size you then can select it repeatedly from the paper size list The paper size can be set up to 18 0 m Note In Windows although you can even set Custom Size for the paper size the maximum settable size is 3 2 m The setting of Custom Size is disabled when you exit the applica...

Page 150: ...ing and Printing With a Custom Paper Size This topic describes how to register a non standard paper size by the name of 430 mm Squareand print based on the fol lowing example Document Any Type Page Size A square sheet 430 430 mm 16 9 16 9 in Paper Sheets Media Type Any type Paper Size A square sheet 430 430 mm 16 9 16 9 in 1 Load the square paper 430 430 mm 16 9 16 9 in in the printer 2 Choose Pri...

Page 151: ...nits 11 Enter 430 16 9 in in both Width and Height Note If you select the Fix the Ratio of the Width to Height check box after you enter a value in either Width or Height the other value will be automatically applied based on the original aspect ratio 12 Click Add to register 430 mm Square 13 Click OK to close the Paper Size Options dialog box 14 Click Cut Sheet in the LPaper Source list 15 In the...

Page 152: ... mm 16 9 16 9 in 1 Load the square paper 430 430 mm 16 9 16 9 in in the printer 2 Choose Print in the application menu 3 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box See Accessing the Printer Driv er Dialog Box from Applications Windows P 211 4 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed 5 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 6 After conf...

Page 153: ...r Sizes Mac OS X For printing on non standard size paper first register the paper size in the printer driver Call a non standard paper size registered in the printer driver with Custom Page Sizes Mac OS X 10 4 11 10 5 Custom Paper Sizes Mac OS X 10 6 Once you register Custom Page Sizes Custom Paper Sizes you then can select it repeatedly from the paper size list Custom Page Sizes Custom Paper Size...

Page 154: ...ocument in the application 2 Load the square paper 430 430 mm 16 9 16 9 in in the printer 3 Choose Print in the application menu 4 Select the printer in the APrinter list 5 Click Manage Custom Sizes in the CPaper Size list to display the Custom Page Sizes dialog box 6 In Page Size enter the height and width of the original Here enter 43 00 cm in Height and Width Enhanced Printing Options Printing ...

Page 155: ...n this case click 430 430 the size you registered 11 If you configured the settings using the Page Attributes dialog box click FOK to close the dialog box and then select Print from the application software menu 12 Access the Main pane 13 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 14 After confirming that DEasy Settings is selected select from the EPrint Target list 15 Make yo...

Page 156: ...d as registered in Page Setup 19 Confirm the print settings and then click MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 138 ...

Page 157: ...rinting Large Posters Windows 157 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other By arranging originals from word processing or spreadsheet programs or web browser screen shots next to each other on single sheets you can create highly expressive presentation materials easy to understand meeting materials and a variety of other printed documents Free Layout Windows Besides combining multiple pages ...

Page 158: ...iginals Next to Each Other Mac OS X P 142 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Windows This topic describes how to arrange multiple originals using the Free Layout function Note Free Layout cannot be used in 64 bit version of Windows 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box See Accessing the Printer Driv ...

Page 159: ... Layout tab to display the Layout sheet 5 Select the APage Layout check box 6 Click Free Layout in the APage Layout list Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet iPF6300S Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Windows 2 141 ...

Page 160: ...ns on editing and rearranging images refer to the imagePROGRAF Free Layout help topic 9 Print from the imagePROGRAF Free Layout menu Note For details on imagePROGRAF Free Layout functions refer to Free Layout P 261 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Mac OS X This topic describes how to use the Free Layout function to arrange multiple originals next to each other before printing 1 Choos...

Page 161: ...ect the NFree Layout check box 4 Click MPrint 5 The Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window is displayed Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet iPF6300S Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Mac OS X 2 143 ...

Page 162: ...int multiple pages as a single continuous image without margins between pages Roll paper banner Important This feature is only available with rolls It cannot be used when printing on sheets During banner printing settings for conserving paper number of copies borderless printing enlarge ment or reduction and other layout related settings are disregarded For instructions on borderless printing of p...

Page 163: ...rderless printing enlargement or reduction and other layout related settings are disregarded 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box See Accessing the Printer Driv er Dialog Box from Applications Windows P 211 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed 4 In the AMedia Type list click the type of paper that is loaded ...

Page 164: ...isplay the Roll Paper Options dialog box 8 Select the BBanner Printing check box 9 Click OK 10 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Windows iPF6300S 2 146 ...

Page 165: ...OS and application software you are using If Page Setup is displayed in the application menu the settings are configured by opening the Page Attributes dialog box from Page Setup If it is not displayed the settings are configured in the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 Click the original ...

Page 166: ... your selection in the EPrint Target list 8 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list 9 Access the Page Setup pane 10 Click Roll Paper Banner in the APaper Source list Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 148 ...

Page 167: ...dows When printing using this function the Print Centered setting is disabled Note You can print up to 16 pages of the original on a single sheet You can also change the page layout order and print page boundary lines as desired For instructions on printing multiple pages per sheet refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet...

Page 168: ...Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows P 211 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed 4 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Make your selection in the EPrint Target list 6 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Windows iPF6...

Page 169: ...on software In this case click ISO A3 or Letter 8 5 x11 9 Select and click a roll paper in the LPaper Source list 10 Select the width of the loaded roll in the MRoll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet iPF6300S Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Windows 2 151 ...

Page 170: ...print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X This topic describes how to print four pages of an original on a single sheet based on the following example Document Any Type Page size A3 297 0 420 0 mm 11 7 16 5 in Paper Roll paper Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in ...

Page 171: ...nfigured in the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 In the FPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A3 4 If you configured the settings using the Page Attributes dialog box click FOK to close the dialog box and then select Print from the application software men...

Page 172: ...Direc tion and CBorder 7 Access the Main pane 8 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 9 Make your selection in the EPrint Target list 10 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 154 ...

Page 173: ...layed in the BRoll Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in BRoll Width click LPrinter Informa tion on the Main pane to update the printer information Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet iPF6300S Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X 2 155 ...

Page 174: ...heets By assembling the printed sheets you can create a post er larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer Page Layout Choose poster printing Important When printing using this function the Print Centered Watermark No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper and Page Options settings are disabled For instructions on printing large posters refer to the following topics as appropriate...

Page 175: ... following example Document Poster Page size A2 420 0 594 0 mm 16 5 23 4 in Paper Sheets Paper Size A2 420 0 594 0 mm 16 5 23 4 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box See Accessing the Printer Driv er Dialog Box from Applications Windows P 211 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed 4 In the AMedia Type list s...

Page 176: ...the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A2 8 Click Manual in the LPaper Source list 9 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Large Posters Windows iPF6300S 2 158 ...

Page 177: ...he Pages to Print dialog box On the Pages to Print dialog box clear the check boxes of the portion you do not want to print Click OK to close the Pages to Print dialog box 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet iPF6300S Printing Large Post...

Page 178: ...with the center of the roll relative to the width For instructions on centering originals when printing on rolls refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows P 160 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X P 162 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows This topic describes how to center originals before pri...

Page 179: ... type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the print target in the EPrint Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals iPF6300S Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows 2 161 ...

Page 180: ... EPrint Centered check box 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example Document Any Type Page size A4 210 0 297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Paper Roll paper Paper type Pl...

Page 181: ...are configured in the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 In the FPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 If you configured the settings using the Page Attributes dialog box click FOK to close the dialog box and then select Print from the application softwa...

Page 182: ...ck Plain Paper 7 Make your selection in the EPrint Target list 8 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list 9 Access the Page Setup pane 10 Select and click a roll paper in the APaper Source list Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 164 ...

Page 183: ...mation 12 Make sure the CPage Size setting matches the original size as selected in CPaper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 13 Select the JPrint Centered check box 14 Confirm the print settings and then click MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals iPF630...

Page 184: ...ts refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Windows P 166 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Mac OS X P 169 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Windows This topic describes how to reduce an original 50 for printing centered on a sheet Document Any Type Page size A4 210 0 297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Paper Sheets Paper ty...

Page 185: ...he type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Make your selection in the EPrint Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals iPF6300S Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Windows 2 167 ...

Page 186: ...ce list 12 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet 13 Select the EPrint Centered check box 14 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Important If you have selected Manual as the paper source follow the instructions on the printer control panel to enter the paper size Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Enhanced Printing Options C...

Page 187: ...nfigured by opening the Page Attributes dialog box from Page Setup If it is not displayed the settings are configured in the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 In the FPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 for Paper Tray Large Mar gins 4 If you configured ...

Page 188: ...case click Plain Paper 7 Make your selection in the EPrint Target list 8 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list 9 Access the Page Setup pane 10 Click Manual in the APaper Source list Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 170 ...

Page 189: ...ck box 13 Confirm the print settings and then click MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Important If you have selected Manual as the paper source follow the instructions on the printer control panel to enter the paper size Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals iPF6300S Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Mac OS ...

Page 190: ... paper width after rotation use this function with Scale to fit Roll Paper Width to print rotated pages For tips on conserving roll paper refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Windows P 172 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X P 174 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Origi...

Page 191: ...tions Windows P 211 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed 4 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper iPF6300S Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Windows 2 173 ...

Page 192: ...ows P 207 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X This topic describes how to conserve roll paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing based on the following example Document Any Type Page size A4 210 0 297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Paper Roll paper Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in This example illustrates how to rotate an A4 210 0 297 ...

Page 193: ...ured in the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 In the FPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 If you configured the settings using the Page Attributes dialog box click FOK to close the dialog box and then select Print from the application software menu En...

Page 194: ...f paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 7 Access the Page Setup pane 8 Select and click a roll paper in the APaper Source list Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 176 ...

Page 195: ... sure the CPage Size setting matches the original size as selected in CPaper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 11 Select the LRotate Page 90 degrees check box 12 Confirm the print settings and then click MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper iPF6300S C...

Page 196: ...inals For tips on conserving roll paper refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows P 178 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X P 180 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows This topic des...

Page 197: ... 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet 6 In the APage Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper iPF6300S Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows 2 179 ...

Page 198: ...t settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin based on the following example Document Any Type Page size A4 210 0 297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Paper Roll paper Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width A3 A4 rol...

Page 199: ...e upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 In the FPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 If you configured the settings using the Page Attributes dialog box click FOK to close the dialog box and then select Print from the application software menu Enhanced Pri...

Page 200: ...at is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 7 Access the Page Setup pane 8 Select and click a roll paper in the APaper Source list Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 182 ...

Page 201: ...age Size setting matches the original size as selected in CPaper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 11 Select the KNo Spaces at Top or Bottom check box 12 Confirm the print settings and then click MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper iPF6300S Conservin...

Page 202: ...pen Preview When Print Job Starts Windows While viewing the preview screen you can also adjust orientation or other settings and your changes will be instantly applied on the preview screen Note Under some settings and in some environments PageComposer may be started Enhanced Printing Options Checking Images Before Printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing iPF6300S 2 184 ...

Page 203: ...eview screen For instructions on how to check the layout before printing refer to the following topics Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows P 208 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Mac OS X P 492 Enhanced Printing Options Checking Images Before Printing iPF6300S Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing 2 185 ...

Page 204: ... You can add watermarks background images to documents that require special handling Watermark Watermarks are applied to all pages of your document Important Watermarks are not printed if you select poster as the type of page layout The following watermarks are provided CONFIDENTIAL COPY DRAFT FILE COPY FINAL PRELIMINARY PROOF TOP SECRET You can also create your own watermarks Specify the followin...

Page 205: ... Watermarks COPY FILE COPY and so on Windows This topic describes how to print with watermarks based on the following example of printing with a FILE COPY water mark Document Any type Page size A2 420 0 594 0 mm 16 5 23 4 in Paper Roll paper Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then dis...

Page 206: ...ick the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet 7 In APage Size click the size of the original as specified in the application software In this case click ISO A2 8 Select and click a roll paper in the LPaper Source list 9 Select the width of the loaded roll in the MRoll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings Printing with Waterma...

Page 207: ... dialog box In the Edit Watermark dialog box you can create custom watermarks and change the position and angle of watermarks 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings iPF6300S Printing with Watermarks COPY FILE COPY and so on Windows 2 189 ...

Page 208: ...ystem Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Windows P 190 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Mac OS X P 192 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Windows This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation based on the fol lowing example Document An original in landscape ori...

Page 209: ... of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Make your selection in the EPrint Target list 6 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings iPF6300S Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Windows 2 191 ...

Page 210: ... and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Mac OS X This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation based on the fol lowing example Document An original in landscape orientation Page size A4 210 0 297 0 mm 8 3 11 7...

Page 211: ...river displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 In the FPaper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 In DOrientation click the icon of the document in landscape orientation 5 If you configured the settings using the Page Attributes dialog box click FOK to close the dialog box and then select Print fr...

Page 212: ...r 8 Make your selection in the EPrint Target list 9 Make your selection in the FPrint Quality list 10 Access the Page Setup pane 11 Select and click a roll paper in the APaper Source list Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Mac OS X iPF6300S 2 194 ...

Page 213: ...rinter information 13 Make sure the CPage Size setting matches the original size as selected in CPaper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 14 Confirm the print settings and then click MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings iPF6300S Making the Original Ori...

Page 214: ... the Paper Reference Guide See Types of Paper P 773 Automatic Cutting Roll paper is cut automatically after printing If you prefer you can print continuously without cutting the roll or you can print a cut line For instructions on cutting roll paper after printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Windows P 196 Cut...

Page 215: ...utomatic Cutting list If you prefer to cut the paper later yourself click Print Cut Guideline 7 Click OK to close the Roll Paper Options dialog box 8 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 207 Roll paper will be automatically cut after printing Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings iPF6300S Cuttin...

Page 216: ...epending on the OS and application software you are using If Page Setup is displayed in the application menu the settings are configured by opening the Page Attributes dialog box from Page Setup If it is not displayed the settings are configured in the upper part of the printer driver displayed when you select Print from the application software menu 2 Select the printer in the APrinter list 3 Cho...

Page 217: ...d click a roll paper in the APaper Source list 7 Access the Main pane 8 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings iPF6300S Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X 2 199 ...

Page 218: ...utomatic cut function has been deactivated on the printer change the auto cut setting on the printer Control Panel 11 Click OK to close the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box 12 Confirm the print settings and then click MPrint to start printing Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 491 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings Cutting Roll Paper ...

Page 219: ...imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 292 Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional 307 Print Plug In for Office 372 Status Monitor 425 Accounting 428 Digital Photo Front Access 441 Device Setup Utility 442 Media Configuration Tool 447 Windows Software iPF6300S 3 201 ...

Page 220: ...5 Ambient Light Adjust dialog box 227 Light Source Check Tool 229 Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome 230 Object Adjustment dialog box Monochrome 231 Gray Adjustment Sheet 232 Page Setup Sheet 233 Output Method dialog box 236 Paper Size Options Dialog Box 237 Layout Sheet 238 Page Options Dialog Box 240 Special Settings Dialog Box 241 Favorites Sheet 242 Utility Sheet 244 Support Sheet 245 Settings ...

Page 221: ...tching Sheet P 225 Ambient Light Adjust dialog box P 227 Light Source Check Tool P 229 Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome P 230 Object Adjustment dialog box Monochrome P 231 Gray Adjustment Sheet P 232 Page Setup Sheet P 233 You can specify the page size of the original borderless printing enlargement or reduction the orientation the paper size and feed source and automatic cutting Output Method di...

Page 222: ...freely arranging originals from various source applications on a single page as desired before printing For details see Free Layout P 261 Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy is a feature for automatic enlargement and printing of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy P 292 Note Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy and imagePROGRAF Free Layout can...

Page 223: ...f paper that is loaded Note Click the BGet Information button to display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box On the Paper Information on Printer dialog box you can obtain information on the paper in the printer and configure printer driver settings for the feed source and type of paper This function requires that the Status Monitor be installed Windows Software Printer Driver iPF6300S Spec...

Page 224: ...per is supplied 8 If you have selected roll paper in LPaper Source select the width of the loaded roll in MRoll Paper Width Note A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings P 202 Windows Software Printer Driver Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver iPF6300S 3 206 ...

Page 225: ...size paper size and method and percentage of enlargement or reduction are indicated RBottom illustrations Illustrations indicate the feed source orientation borderless printing selection and other settings information Note To confirm the Print Target specified in Easy Settings click GView Settings on the Main sheet to display the View Settings dialog box Checking a print preview You can check an i...

Page 226: ...lication menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box See Accessing the Printer Driv er Dialog Box from Applications P 211 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed 4 Select the LOpen Preview When Print Job Starts check box Windows Software Printer Driver Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing iPF6300S 3 208 ...

Page 227: ...ee Preview P 248 Using Favorites This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings Registering a favorite This section describes the procedure for registering printing settings that have been changed in the driver as Favorites 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box Refer to Accessin...

Page 228: ...ort 7 Choose a fitting icon for these print settings in the Icon list 8 In Comment enter a description of the favorite to be added as desired 9 Click OK to close the Add dialog box The favorite you have added is now displayed in AFavorites Note To save a favorite as a file click JExport and specify the file to save Windows Software Printer Driver Using Favorites iPF6300S 3 210 ...

Page 229: ...ose the favorite you registered Note To import a favorite click IImport and specify the favorite file 5 Click DApply Favorite to replace the favorite settings with the current print settings 6 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings P 207 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications 1 Choose Print...

Page 230: ... the source application In some cases when you select the printer a sheet for configuring the printer driver is added to the dialog box In the following case click Preferences Example Print dialog box displayed by the application software Windows Software Printer Driver Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications iPF6300S 3 212 ...

Page 231: ...izes you specify temporarily in the printer driv er the sizes will not be available after you exit the application You can also access the printer driver dialog box from the Windows system menu To use the settings continuously in all applications open the printer driver from the system menu to make the settings See Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu P 213 Access...

Page 232: ... display the Printing Preferences dialog box titled with the name of this printer Note The Device Settings sheet is also an extension of the printer driver See Device Settings Sheet P 247 Windows Software Printer Driver Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu iPF6300S 3 214 ...

Page 233: ...s the printer driver dialog box from applications See Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications P 211 Main Sheet The following settings are available on the Main sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help file Note On the Main sheet choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the particular printing ap plication or switch to Advanced Sett...

Page 234: ...type of media such as the ink drying time Paper Detailed Settings Dialog Box P 220 LOpen Preview When Print Job Starts If you turn this on imagePROGRAF Preview starts before printing This allows you to check on screen previews of documents before printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing P 184 MStatus Monitor Starts imagePROGRAF Status Monitor You can check the printer status job s...

Page 235: ...ocuments P 38 Depending on the AMedia Type setting some EPrint Target options may not be available FPrint Quality Choose the level of print quality Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 64 GView Settings Displays the EPrint Target setting values You can view and change the order of EPrint Target setting values View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application...

Page 236: ... results with the highest quali ty Note If you set FPrint Quality to High you can select THighest quality However depending on AMe dia Type and EPrint Priority you may not be able to select THighest quality UEconomy Printing If you select this option you can print with less ink consumed However print quality is lower than in regular printing Select this option to save ink such as when printing to ...

Page 237: ... print quality However the printing speed becomes slower Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box On the Paper Information on Printer dialog box you can obtain information on the paper in the printer and configure printer driver settings for the paper source and media type Note To display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box on the Main sheet click Get Information by Media Type See Main Shee...

Page 238: ...ied even if Cutting Mode is set to Automatic Setting Item Details Printer Default The setting of the control panel of the printer is applied Off Paper is ejected immediately after printing completes 30 sec 1 min 3 min 5 min 10 min 30 min 60 min Paper is ejected when the set time elapses after printing completes CBetween Scans You can set the time to wait after printing 1 line on a page until print...

Page 239: ...e control panel of the printer is applied High Speed When the Standard setting does not result in cutting the surface cleanly select this Standard Select this when you do not have any problems in automatic cutting Low Speed This helps prevent adhesive from sticking to the cutter and keeps the cutter sharp if you select it when using adhesive paper HCalibration Value You can specify whether to appl...

Page 240: ...ows all Print Target options settings items for the printing application BName Identifies the item selected in Print Target by its name and an icon CDetails Here you can confirm detailed settings values for each listed item for the selected Print Target Color Adjustment Sheet Color If the color tone as printed is not as you expected you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment sheet Windows Software ...

Page 241: ...nged with blue or Warm Black tinged with red HBrightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or dark er than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the com puter screen IContrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other ...

Page 242: ... dialog box you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to If an original comprises images graphics and text you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to Note To display the Object Adjustment dialog box click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet AImage Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas such as photos BGraphics Select this opt...

Page 243: ... Mode in the AMatching Mode list AMatching Mode Select the color matching mode to use as desired Normally select Driver Matching Mode For color matching based on ICC profiles select ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode or Host ICM Mode depending on your color matching system BMatching Method Select the color matching method that suits the document to be printed Various Matching Method options are ava...

Page 244: ...Select the color matching mode to use as desired BInput Profile Settings You can select Image Graphics or Text You can choose Matching Method and Input Profile Various options are available depending on your selected Matching Mode To apply the same input profile automatically for Graphics and Text select Use the Same Profile for All Objects To apply separate input profiles to Graphics and Text cle...

Page 245: ...or printing Chart The Light Source Check Tool must be installed to use this function Light Source Check Tool P 229 CChart Number In Chart select the number of the pattern with your desired colors DColor Temperature Enter the DColor Temperature measured during monitor calibration Displayed when the AMatching Method is set to Monitor Matching on the Matching sheet EIlluminance Enter the EIlluminance...

Page 246: ...d using the i1 colorimeter DColor Temperature Enter the Color Temperature measured using the i1 colorimeter EIlluminance Enter the Illuminance measured using the i1 colorimeter Displayed when the AMatching Method is set to Monitor Matching on the Matching sheet Note For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 55 Windows Software Printer Driver Ambient Light Adjust...

Page 247: ...played here BMedia Type Select the paper type See Types of Paper P 773 CPaper Source Choose the paper source as desired Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in BMedia Type in the Main sheet DPrint Click to print the Chart Windows Software Printer Driver iPF6300S Light Source Check Tool 3 229 ...

Page 248: ...heckbox to apply the changed settings to the sample image DCyan EMagenta FYellow Not available GGray Tone Not available HBrightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or dark er than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the com puter screen IContrast Adjus...

Page 249: ...ject Adjustment dialog box you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to If an original comprises images graphics and text you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to Note To display the Object Adjustment dialog box click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet AImage Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas such as photos BGraphics ...

Page 250: ...olor Balance Click the list to select a color balance that suits the printing application DX EY Adjust the color balance as you check the color tone in the adjustment area You can adjust the square area in the center by clicking or dragging it Drag the vertical or horizontal scroll bars for adjustment as desired You can click the arrows by the DX horizontal and EY vertical boxes or enter the value...

Page 251: ...djust the brightness of the darkest portion SDefaults Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values Page Setup Sheet The following settings are available on the Page Setup sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help file APage Size Select the page size as specified in the source application For details on available page sizes see Paper Sizes P 774 Window...

Page 252: ... selected the size same as the width of Roll Paper for either the length or width of the document from the APage Size list GPaper Size Available when DFit Paper Size is selected Choose the size of the paper you will print on For details on available paper sizes see Paper Sizes P 774 Paper sizes compatible with borderless printing are shown in the list CEnlarged Reduced Printing Choose from the fol...

Page 253: ...nding on the selection in Media Type on the Main sheet MRoll Paper Width Choose the roll width For details on available roll widths see Paper Sizes P 774 NRoll Paper Options Complete optional roll paper settings Click to display the Roll Paper Options dialog box Under AAutomatic Cutting you can specify Yes or No and Print Cut Guideline Cutting Roll Paper After Printing P 196 Select BBanner Printin...

Page 254: ...l box also specify the destination personal box in the Mail box list If Print after reception is complete is checked the print job is first saved completely on the printer hard disk before printing begins These can be selected as Print options BName of data to be saved To use the file name choose Use file name Otherwise choose Enter name and enter a name in Name CMail box Displays a list of mail b...

Page 255: ...If a standard paper size of the printer driver is selected If an oversized paper size is selected If a paper size marked with a red circle is selected CCustom Paper Size Name You can name Custom Paper Size as desired DUnits Specify the desired unit of measure for the Custom Paper Size height and width EPaper Size Specify the desired Width and Height You can make your selection from sizes that are ...

Page 256: ...e Originals Next to Each Other P 139 Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals P 44 BSet Click to display one of the following dialog boxes depending on the selection in APage Layout In these dialog box es you can specify layout details and which pages to print as well as other settings Page Layout Printing Pages to Print Free Layout Settings CWatermark Activating this option makes two settings avai...

Page 257: ...ich enables you to conserve the paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins P 178 HCopies Enter the number of copies to print in a range of 1 999 Reverse Order Activate this option to print pages in reverse order IPage Options Click to display the Page Options dialog box which enables you to complete settings for printing the user name date or page number in th...

Page 258: ...ted as desired DPrint Page Number Select where the page number is printed as desired EFormat Settings Click to display the Format Settings dialog box which enables you to complete format related settings Note If you specify the same position for multiple items the items are printed from left to right in this order date user name and page number When you print multiple pages per sheet using Page La...

Page 259: ...lication Color Matching Priority You can give applications priority in color management CEnable Preview Switching When this option is selected PageComposer starts if you print with Open Preview When Print Job Starts selected on the Main sheet DFast Graphic Process If image colors are inconsistent in printed documents or if lines are printed in varying thicknesses clearing this option may help prod...

Page 260: ...rint settings to those of the favorite selected in the AFavorites EApplication Settings Priority Activate this setting to use settings values specified in the source application in preference to favorite settings selected in the AFavorites when clicking DApply Favorite For details on the settings items used in preference refer to the printer driver help FDelete Click to delete the selected favorit...

Page 261: ...enables you to import favorite settings saved as a file JExport Click to display the Save As dialog box which enables you to save the favorite settings as a file KUp Click to move the selected favorite up in the AFavorites list LDown Click to move the selected favorite down in the AFavorites list Windows Software Printer Driver iPF6300S Favorites Sheet 3 243 ...

Page 262: ...nment adjustment Feed amount adjustment BColor imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Click to launch Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy which enables you to create hot fold ers used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy and assign print settings to hot folders Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER P 304 For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy P ...

Page 263: ...sumables check for printer driver updates and browse other information BUser Manual Click to view the printer user s manual This function requires the user s manual to be installed on your computer CSettings Summaries Click to display the View Settings dialog box which enables you to confirm the settings for the Main Page Setup Layout and Favorites sheets Windows Software Printer Driver iPF6300S S...

Page 264: ...ings for the Main Page Setup Layout and Favorites sheets ACopy Click to copy the settings information to the clipboard You can paste the settings information into a file created with a text editor or similar application Windows Software Printer Driver Settings Summaries Dialog Box iPF6300S 3 246 ...

Page 265: ...ns However the Device Settings sheet is for configuring the printer and it is an extension of the printer driver The following settings are available on the Device Settings sheet AAbout You can display version information for the printer driver Windows Software Printer Driver iPF6300S Device Settings Sheet 3 247 ...

Page 266: ... applied on the preview screen and you can print the preview screen as it is seen Note The media type image size detailed media settings and the printer settings can cause the actual print output to differ from the Preview settings Operating Environment You can use the Preview in the following environments Compatible Operating System 32 bit edition Windows OS Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows...

Page 267: ...pen the Print dialog box Note Normally select Print from the File menu 3 On the Main sheet click on the Open Preview When Print Job Starts check box Click the OK button to save the settings Note Your printer is depicted in the lower left area of this screen 4 On the Print dialog box in the apllication software click the Print button Windows Software Preview iPF6300S Starting Preview 3 249 ...

Page 268: ...Preview Main Window The Preview main window consists of the menu and tool bars preview and dialog area and status bar Note You can use the View menu to show or hide the tool bar Windows Software Preview Preview Main Window iPF6300S 3 250 ...

Page 269: ...ar This allows you to select tool buttons required for major operations Preview Area You can check the settings you made in this area Dialog Area This allows you to set the print conditions and perform a print job Windows Software Preview iPF6300S Preview Main Window 3 251 ...

Page 270: ...For more information about Dialog Area see Dialog Area P 253 Status Bar This shows the message Pages and Output Size Windows Software Preview Preview Main Window iPF6300S 3 252 ...

Page 271: ...ls Across Roll You can print on the center of the media loaded in the printer For more information about Center Originals Across Roll see Print on the Center P 259 Note Available only if rolls are selected in Paper Source No Spaces at Top or Bottom You can save paper on not to feed roll paper for the empty spaces when the print data contains spaces at the top or bottom For more information about N...

Page 272: ...View menu Setting Details Fit Screen Display all Fit to Width Display to the width of the paper Reduce Display at half of the standard size Standard Display at the standard size Enlarge Display with the double of the standard size Enlarge More Display with the triple of the standard size Note This item can be selected even if you have clicked the button in the toolbar Zoom Moving a Page You can mo...

Page 273: ... mm Use mm as the ruler unit inch Use inches as the ruler unit Priority setting for rotating 90 degrees You can select Rotate 90 Degrees If Possible or Use Driver Settings from the Options menu Setting Details Rotate 90 Degrees If Possible Rotates pages in portrait orientation 90 degrees before printing Pages are only rota ted if they can fit lengthwise across the roll Use Driver Settings Follows ...

Page 274: ...0 Degrees If Possible or Placing a checkmark for Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper on the printer driver Selecting Use Driver Settings Windows Software Preview Priority setting for rotating 90 degrees iPF6300S 3 256 ...

Page 275: ... selecting the layout 1 In Layout Selection click the layout button to use Button Details Upper Button Turn at the position of Right Button Turn at the position of Left Button Turn at the position of Windows Software Preview iPF6300S Printing with Selecting the Layout 3 257 ...

Page 276: ...t Button you can save paper by printing in landscape orientation on roll paper You can select only Upper Button or Lower Button if Cut Sheet is selected Button Details The button is selected currently The button can be selected The button can not be selected 2 Click the Print Button Printing on the selected layout begins Windows Software Preview Printing with Selecting the Layout iPF6300S 3 258 ...

Page 277: ... media loaded in the printer 1 Click the Center Originals Across Roll check box on 2 Click the Print button Printing on the center begins Note Available only if rolls are selected in Paper Source Windows Software Preview iPF6300S Print on the Center 3 259 ...

Page 278: ...e empty spaces when the print data contains spaces at the top or bottom 1 Click the No Spaces at Top or Bottom check box on 2 Click the Print button Printing on the settings with no spaces at top or bottom begins Windows Software Preview Not Print Spaces at the Top Bottom iPF6300S 3 260 ...

Page 279: ...284 Pasting a Copied or Cut Object 286 Folded Duplex Window 287 Finished Size Settings Dialog Box 288 Binding Settings Dialog Box 289 Prints using Folded Duplex 290 The Features of Free Layout The main features of Free Layout are as follows Allows you to lay out at will and print a document created with application software You can not only lay out multiple pages on one page but also lay out and p...

Page 280: ...rver 2008 Windows 7 Note This function is not available on 64 bit version of Windows For the Windows OS use the latest version of Service Pack Software that requires installation imagePROGRAF Printer Driver Starting Free Layout Follow the procedure below to start the Free Layout 1 Start the apllication software which you use 2 From the application software s File menu select the printer setup menu...

Page 281: ...ower left area of this screen 4 In the Layout sheet click on the Page Layout check box and select Free Layout from the list Click the OK button to save the settings Note When you select Free Layout all other setting items will be disabled Windows Software Free Layout iPF6300S Starting Free Layout 3 263 ...

Page 282: ...5 On the Print dialog box in the apllication software click the Print button Free Layout main window is displayed Windows Software Free Layout Starting Free Layout iPF6300S 3 264 ...

Page 283: ...a and status bar Note You can use the View menu to show or hide the tool and status bar Menu Bar This allows you to select menus required for operations Tool Bar This allows you to select tool buttons required for major operations Windows Software Free Layout iPF6300S Free Layout Main Window 3 265 ...

Page 284: ...his allows you to lay out objects and edit the object size and orientation Status Bar This shows the paper size unit of length and number of objects Windows Software Free Layout Free Layout Main Window iPF6300S 3 266 ...

Page 285: ...tch the type of media loaded in the printer Refer to Printer Driver P 202 for details on the printer driver Note When you select the Detailed Settings the only three sheets displayed are the Main sheet the Page Setup sheet and the Layout sheet Some of the printer driver settings may be disabled Windows Software Free Layout iPF6300S Detailed Settings 3 267 ...

Page 286: ...e numbers by clicking either button or button Divisions You can change the number of divisions of grid lines so that they serve as a guide to laying out objects Note You can input between 1 and 10 You can change the numbers by clicking either button or button Grid Color Select the grid line color Auto Arrange Spacing Change the object to object spacing to be applied in the operation of laying out ...

Page 287: ...s Dialog Box This dialog box appears when you select Page Options from the File menu This allows you to configure the roll paper length object layout order and margins of Free Layout Roll Paper Length Set the length of one page to print on roll paper The following settings are available for roll paper length Setting Details Auto Settings The one page length to be printed on roll paper is automatic...

Page 288: ...per Length Auto Settings and Paper Orientation Vertical you can choose Upper Left to Right or Upper Right to Left When you have selected Roll Paper Length Auto Settings and Paper Orientation Horizontal you can choose Upper Left to Bottom or Lower Left to Top Margins You can input the paper margins in numerical characters Note You can input between 0 0 and 50 0 mm between 0 00 and 1 97 inch You can...

Page 289: ...ct Rotate Right or Rotate Left Setting Details Rotate Right Rotates the object 90 degrees clockwise Rotate Left Rotates the object 90 degrees counterclockwise Note When several objects are selected you cannot select Rotate Enl Red When you place a checkmark here you can select Scaling Fit Paper Size or Fit Photo Size Setting Details Scaling Allows you to input the value of the enlargement or reduc...

Page 290: ...on or button Position Sheet You can rotate enlarge or reduce an object Note When the objects are not selected you can not select Format Object Position You can move the object position by changing the values Setting Details Vertical Pos You can input the number of the vertical position in numerical characters Horizontal Pos You can input the number of the horizontal position in numerical character...

Page 291: ...d print a multiple file document on one page 1 From the application software s File menu select the printer setup menu to open the Print dialog box Note Normally select Print from the File menu 2 Click Properties to open the Properties dialog box Windows Software Free Layout iPF6300S Laying out a Multiple File Document on One Page 3 273 ...

Page 292: ...e Your printer is depicted in the lower left area of this screen 4 In the Layout sheet click on the Page Layout check box and select Free Layout from the list Windows Software Free Layout Laying out a Multiple File Document on One Page iPF6300S 3 274 ...

Page 293: ...lick the OK button to save the settings 6 In the Print dialog box select the pages to print and the number of copies and click the OK button Free Layout starts laying out the document created with application software in the layout area as an object Windows Software Free Layout iPF6300S Laying out a Multiple File Document on One Page 3 275 ...

Page 294: ...and print a document created with multiple application programs on one page 1 From the application software s File menu select the printer setup menu to open the Print dialog box Note Normally select Print from the File menu 2 Click Properties to open the Properties dialog box Windows Software Free Layout Laying out a Document Created with Multiple Application Programs on One Page iPF6300S 3 276 ...

Page 295: ... is depicted in the lower left area of this screen 4 In the Layout sheet click on the Page Layout check box and select Free Layout from the list Windows Software Free Layout iPF6300S Laying out a Document Created with Multiple Application Programs on One Page 3 277 ...

Page 296: ...tton to save the settings 6 In the Print dialog box select the pages to print and the number of copies and click the OK button Free Layout starts laying out the document created with application software in the layout area as an object Windows Software Free Layout Laying out a Document Created with Multiple Application Programs on One Page iPF6300S 3 278 ...

Page 297: ...e To select an object click that object To select multiple successive objects click them while holding down the Shift key To select multiple arbitrary objects click them while holding down the Ctrl key To select all objects select Select All from the Edit menu When you specify the area with dragging the mouse the object in the area is selected Windows Software Free Layout iPF6300S Selecting an Obj...

Page 298: ...round the object to show the arrow handle and drag this handle to change the object size Resizing by specifying a scaling value 1 Select an object Click on the Enl Red checkbox in the Format Dialog Box P 271 and select Scaling 2 You either enter numbers directly Note You can input between 25 and 600 You can change the numbers by clicking either button or button 3 Click the OK button Moving an Obje...

Page 299: ...orizontal Pos and Page Pos in the Format Dialog Box P 271 Rotating an Object You can rotate the object 1 Select an object 2 Select Rotate Left 90 Degrees or Rotate Right 90 Degrees from the toolbar Alternatively you may click on the Rotate check box in the Format Dialog Box P 271 then select Rotate Right or Rotate Left and click the OK button Windows Software Free Layout iPF6300S Rotating an Objec...

Page 300: ...er varies depending on the Order setting in the Page Options Dialog Box P 269 dialog box Aligning Objects You can align objects systematically 1 Select multiple objects 2 Click the align button from the toolbar Alternatively you may select the align menu from the Object menu Align Top Lays out the objects justifying them to the top Windows Software Free Layout Laying out Objects Automatically iPF6...

Page 301: ... objects justifying them to the vertical center Align Bottom Lays out the objects justifying them to the bottom Align Left Lays out the objects justifying them to the left Windows Software Free Layout iPF6300S Aligning Objects 3 283 ...

Page 302: ...apping Order You can change the object overlapping order 1 Select an object 2 Select the Overlapping Order menu from the Object menu Note The order of overlapping affects the order of objects automatically laid out You can also select by clicking the right button of the mouse on an object Windows Software Free Layout Changing the Object Overlapping Order iPF6300S 3 284 ...

Page 303: ...object to the frontmost position Send to Back Moves the object to the backmost position Bring Forward Moves the object one position to the front Windows Software Free Layout iPF6300S Changing the Object Overlapping Order 3 285 ...

Page 304: ... you may select Paste from the Edit menu Note The copied or cut object is laid out at the end of the page You can also select by clicking the right button of the mouse on an object In order to paste an object on any position that you like you can paste the object with Pointed Paste by clicking the right button of the mouse on any position that you want Windows Software Free Layout Pasting a Copied...

Page 305: ...ded The Folded Duplex window consists of the menu and tool bars layout area and status bar Note The toolbar and status bar can be toggled between hidden and displayed from the View menu Menu Bar This allows you to select menus required for operations Tool Bar This allows you to select tool buttons required for major operations Windows Software Free Layout iPF6300S Folded Duplex Window 3 287 ...

Page 306: ...Size Settings Dialog Box This dialog box is displayed when you select Finished Size Settings from the Edit menu This allows you to configure finished size settings Finished Size Selects the method for setting the finished size The following settings are available for the finished size Windows Software Free Layout Finished Size Settings Dialog Box iPF6300S 3 288 ...

Page 307: ...l paper width Binding Settings Dialog Box This is displayed when you select Binding Settings from the Edit menu This allows you to configure the binding edge settings Binding Edge Configures the binding edge when folding paper The following settings are available for the binding edge Setting Details Bottom Prints by placing the binding margin gutter at the bottom of the document Top Prints by plac...

Page 308: ...s 2 pages consecutively Folding back the paper at the fold lines of the center substitutes for duplex printing 1 Select two objects from the layout area of Free Layout 2 Select Folded Duplex from the Edit menu of Free Layout Open the Folded Duplex window and arrange the selected objects in the layout area 3 Open the Finished Size Settings dialog box from the Edit menu 4 Select Fit Roll Paper Width...

Page 309: ...the Only Print Center and Edges checkbox is selected fold lines are only printed at the three locations of the center and both edges 10 Click OK to save the settings 11 Confirm the print setting and begin printing Windows Software Free Layout iPF6300S Prints using Folded Duplex 3 291 ...

Page 310: ...er driver Note The media type image size detailed media settings and the printer settings can cause the actual print output to differ from the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy settings Operating Environment You can use the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy in the following environments Compatible Operating System Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 R2 Windows Vista Windows Server...

Page 311: ...olor imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box displays Note If you click on the Add to Startup folder check box in the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box the icon of Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility will appear on the task bar when starting Windows thereafter Windows Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iPF6300S Starting Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 3 293 ...

Page 312: ...lays Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Dialog Box The explanation below is on the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box Note For the step to open the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box see Starting Color image RUNNER Enlargement Copy P 292 Hot Folder The hot folder list appears Windows Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Dialog Box iPF...

Page 313: ...egister the application in the Windows startup menu Save Printed Data Automatically saves printed data About Button Click the button to display the name and the version number of the utility Operation Guide Button Click the button to display the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Setup Manual Hot Folder Hot folder refers to a folder used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy When transferred to t...

Page 314: ...e Add button Note For the step to open the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box see Starting Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy P 292 2 The Easy Setup Wizard dialog box displays Click the Next button Windows Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Creating a New Hot Folder iPF6300S 3 296 ...

Page 315: ... media type to print Note If the Borderless Printing checkbox is checked only media types that can be used for borderless printing are displayed in the list Click the Next button Windows Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iPF6300S Creating a New Hot Folder 3 297 ...

Page 316: ...eceive a document scanned with the Color imageRUNNER you need to share a folder Enter the folder shared name in Shared Name Click the Next button Note This shared name is used as the name of the hot folder You cannot use the Back button after clicking the Next button here Windows Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Creating a New Hot Folder iPF6300S 3 298 ...

Page 317: ...8 Click Finish button to close the Easy Setup Wizard dialog box Windows Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iPF6300S Creating a New Hot Folder 3 299 ...

Page 318: ...e folder you want to specify as a hot folder 2 Open the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box and then click the Add button Note For the step to open the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box see Starting Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy P 292 Windows Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Specifying an Existing Shared Folder as a Hot Folder iPF6300S 3 300 ...

Page 319: ... Add Edit Hot Folder dialog box displays Enter the hot folder name in Name Click the Browse botton with selecting Specify a folder to set the existing shared folder Windows Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iPF6300S Specifying an Existing Shared Folder as a Hot Folder 3 301 ...

Page 320: ... the OK button 6 As necessary set the print conditions in the hot folder See Setting the Print Parameters P 303 Click the OK button to close the Add Edit Hot Folder dialog box Windows Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Specifying an Existing Shared Folder as a Hot Folder iPF6300S 3 302 ...

Page 321: ...older dialog box The printer driver is used to configure basic settings to match the type of media loaded in the printer Refer to Printer Driver P 202 for details on the printer driver Note The only three sheets displayed are the Main sheet the Page Setup sheet and the Layout sheet Some of the printer driver settings may be disabled Windows Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iPF6300S Sett...

Page 322: ...mputer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy 2 Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder After these settings are complete you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER Regi...

Page 323: ...eRUNNER For instructions on assigning scanning settings and destinations to a Favorites button refer to the setting manual displayed by clicking Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Setup Manual button of Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility or refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual Scanning the original and print an enlargement Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNE...

Page 324: ...ress Done on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you specified for the folder Windows Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER iPF6300S 3 306 ...

Page 325: ...nt 339 Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Color 340 Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Monochrome 341 Adjust the Colors by Color Matching 345 Print High Quality Adobe RGB16bit Images 346 Prints monochrome photographs with high quality 348 Using Adobe CMM 348 Perform Black Point Compensation 350 Perform Printing Press Simulation Print 351 Enlarge Reduce and Print 352 Enl...

Page 326: ...an cause the actual print output to differ from the Print Plug In settings the arrangement of the image in the layout preview the print start position and the media size Loss of gradation in dark areas can be reduced by performing black point compensation Note Adobe CMM is required in order to use the black point compensation function You can perform printing press simulation printing by specifyin...

Page 327: ...r Note If the installer screen does not appear open the CD ROM icon in My Computer and click on set up exe to open the icon 2 Click imagePROGRAF Print Plug in button 3 Click the appropriate Install button for your Print Plug In For 32 bit Windows Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Installation Procedures 3 309 ...

Page 328: ... Print Plug In cannot be found Specify the des tination for installation of the plug in will appear In this case refer to the Photoshop manual then specify a folder for the Plug In The Print Plug In cannot be installed in Photoshop until after Photoshop has been installed and then opened at least once on a PC Install the Print Plug In after installing opening and quitting Photoshop 4 Click Next bu...

Page 329: ...icensing Agreement select I accept the terms of the license agreement and click the Next button 6 Click Install button Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Installation Procedures 3 311 ...

Page 330: ... xx then click Change Remove Uninstall the Print Plug In for Digital Photo Professional 1 Select start in Control Panel menu 2 Open Add or Remove Programs For Windows 7 and Windows Vista Programs and Features 3 Select Canon iPFxxxx Print Plug In for Digital Photo Professional then click Change Remove Note iPFxxxx is the name of your printer Starting from Photoshop Follow the procedure below to sta...

Page 331: ...ofile changes to Adobe RGB To use an ICCv4 profile in a Windows XP environment exit Plug In and then install Adobe CMM For details on installing Adobe CMM refer to Using Adobe CMM P 348 Note If the message below is displayed but the Print Plug In window is not displayed install the newest imagePROGRAF printer driver and then attempt step 3 The imagePROGRAF Printer Driver for iPFxxxx is either not ...

Page 332: ...magePROGRAF Print Plug In for Digital Photo Professional window hereinafter referred to as the Print Plug In window is displayed Important When a profile is created with a commercially available profile creation tool it may be created in ICCv4 format When an image source profile is ICCv4 you must install AdobeCMM or use Print Plug In in a Windows Vista or later environment When Adobe CMM is not in...

Page 333: ...en each sheet on the Print Plug In window are displayed When you select a tab a sheet is displayed The settings available on each sheet are as follows Main Sheet P 318 Page Setup Sheet P 322 Color Settings Sheet P 325 Print History Sheet P 326 Support Sheet P 327 Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Print Plug In Main Window 3 315 ...

Page 334: ...contains the buttons Print Quit and Help PrintButton Click this button to begin printing QuitButton Click this button to close the Print Plug In window and return to application software HelpButton Click this button to display the Print Plug In Help file Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Print Plug In Main Window iPF6300S 3 316 ...

Page 335: ... image while the cursor is dis played as When you click the image while the cursor is displayed as the selected area is deselected Roll Paper Preview Display the media size and roll paper information on the top in the layout printing on roll paper To select Roll Paper Preview select Roll Paper in Paper Source Print Selected Range Place a checkmark here to only print the selected range Note When yo...

Page 336: ... you are using the color balance of the actual print product will differ Image Properties button When you click the button to open the Image Properties dialog box where Image Size Resolution Bit and Color Space information of the image imported to Print Plug In are displayed Click the Close button to return to Print Plug In Main Sheet You can use this sheet to perform basic settings such as select...

Page 337: ... and memory capacity High Accuracy 600ppi This processes images at a more accurate resolution This setting results in the best print quality but this takes more time to print than Accuracy 300ppi while also re quiring more memory capacity This may not be displayed depending on how you set Media Type Input Bit to Plug in You can select the bit number to process with Print Plug In The following sett...

Page 338: ...mally select these settings Auto Monochrome Photo Performs the best color conversion to monochrome from the input image data color space information sRGB Adobe RGB media settings etc None No Color Correction You cannot perform color conversion with a plug in This is useful for creating an original ICC profile External ICC Profiles This selects printer ICC profiles to be output to ICC profiles save...

Page 339: ...the Output Profile When this button is clicked the ICC Conversion Options dialog box is displayed allowing you to configure color conversion related settings Refer to ICC Conversion Options dialog box P 331 for details on ICC Conversion Options Copies You can input the number of print copies in numerical characters Note The maximum value is 99 You can change the numbers by clicking either or Set C...

Page 340: ...uction The image size sent to the printer is displayed matching the selected method in Output Image Size The following settings are available for enlarged reduced printing Setting Details Fit Paper Size This automatically enlarges reduces the entire image imported to Print Plug In to match the export media size when printing Fit Roll Paper Width This automatically enlarges reduces the entire image...

Page 341: ...ees Layout You can select the print position of an image on the media The following settings are available for layout Layout Setting Details Upper Left of Output Paper Size Prints the image with fitting the top left of the active print area for Paper Size Center of Output Paper Size Prints the center of the image on the center of the selected Paper Size Specify Print Start Position You can print w...

Page 342: ...lect Manual 3mm margins for Paper Source the far end edge of printed image may become defective depending on the paper used If this happens select another media source Roll Paper Options button Click this button to open the Roll Paper Options dialog box where you can set roll paper width and perform auto cut settings For more information about the roll paper options see Roll Paper Options Dialog B...

Page 343: ...inputting a numerical value or dragging the slide bar Note You can check the adjustments in the preview display Brightness You can adjust the brightness of the printed image without losing the brightest and darkest areas by either inputting a numerical value or dragging the slide bar Note You can check the adjustments in the preview display Contrast You can relatively adjust the brightness of the ...

Page 344: ... sheet to their defaults Print History Sheet You can use this sheet to apply settings history used in printing and to print information such as the image file name with the image Print History and Favorites This displays a list of print preferences Select Restore Defaults and click the Apply button to restore all settings to their initial settings Note You can check the 3 print preferences in the ...

Page 345: ...image Bottom Footer Information is printed on the bottom of the image Print History Number Place a checkmark here to print the print history number File Name Place a checkmark here to print the file name Printed at Place a checkmark here to print the time and date Color Adjustment Value Place a checkmark here to print the color adjustment value Printer Name Place a checkmark here to print the prin...

Page 346: ...This dialog box appears when you click the Advanced Settings button on the Main Sheet You can set Drying Time and Roll Paper Margin for Safety by media type Drying Time Between Pages This sets the wait time for the ink to dry between each completely printed sheet and the output of the sheet Setting Details Printer Default The settings of the printer operating panel are applied None The paper is ej...

Page 347: ...elect this setting when you are not experiencing problems Slow This helps prevent adhesive from sticking to the cutter and keeps the cutter sharp if you select it when using adhesive paper Calibration Value When calibration has been carried out on the printer use this setting to choose whether or not to use the results Setting Details Printer Default The settings of the printer operating panel are...

Page 348: ...ethod Setting Details Nearest Neighbor Performs simple enlargement Bilinear Performs line vector enlargement Bicubic Adjust pixels with calculation of elements such as a color or brightness of neighbor ing pixels Close Plug in After Printing When you place a checkmark here the plug in closes after printing finishes Note If printing does not finish correctly because it was canceled or an error occu...

Page 349: ...tion Loss of gradation in dark areas can be improved by per forming black point compensation Note This can be used if Adobe CMM is selected as the Conversion Engine Proof Options Configures settings related to printing press simulation The proof options consist of the following settings Setting Details Simulate Paper Color Select this when performing paper color simulation When this is on Simulate...

Page 350: ... after it is printed None Each page is not cut after it is printed and printing continues without interruption Print Cut Guideline A print cut guideline is printed after each page and printing continues without inter ruption No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper When you place a checkmark here the print data is printed without margins Size Options Dialog Box This dialog box appears when you cl...

Page 351: ...ght of the media size Add button Click the button to register the contents of the settings Curves Dialog Box This dialog box appears when you click the Curves button on the Color Settings Sheet You can set Channel and other settings Channel Select from among RGB Red Green or Blue Note Gray is displayed for monochrome printing and this selection cannot be changed Input Enter an input value Windows ...

Page 352: ...e curve settings Print History Details Dialog Box This dialog box appears when you click the Details button on the Print History Sheet This controls print history For more information about Print History Details see Utilize Print History P 358 Print History Print History appears in list format Display Items Details Print History Number Displays the print history number File Name Displays image fil...

Page 353: ...e the order by selecting an item and dragging it to another place Import button Click the button to import print history saved as a file Export button Click the button to save print history as a file that is stored in print preferences Delete button Click the button to delete print history stored in print preferences Settings Displays the print history settings selected from the Print History or F...

Page 354: ...ut matching the media size set in the print area layout Select Print Area Layout in Preview Note When the cursor on the preview is displayed as on the preview you can specify the print position by dragging the image When the cursor is displayed as on the preview the below conditions on the Page Setup sheet have all been met There is no checkmark in Borderless Printing There is no checkmark in Enla...

Page 355: ...ass while there is an Image in the Preview area the Selected Range feature is enabled and you an drag the cursor on the image and select an area for print ing When you click the image while the cursor is displayed as on the preview the selected area is deselec ted Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Check the original image with Image 3 337 ...

Page 356: ... Select Roll Paper Preview in Preview Note To select Roll Paper Preview in Preview select Roll Paper in Paper Source Print with a Desired Picture Quality You can specify and print at the resolution you desire 1 Display the Main sheet Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Check Image with Roll Paper Preview iPF6300S 3 338 ...

Page 357: ... in Input Bit to Plug in Note When you select High Gradation 8bit images are processed at 8 bit channel 24 bit When you select Highest Gradation 16bit images are processed at 16bit channel 48 bit Highest Gradation 16bit will not display with some Media Type or Input Resolution to Plug in settings 5 Select the mode to be printed when processing images in Print Mode Note The settings that can be sel...

Page 358: ... Yellow Low for Saturation Warm Black for Gray Tone Enhance brightness for the curves The above image adjustments are reflected in the before and after images below Before Application After Application 1 Display the Color Settings sheet 2 Drag the slide bar in the direction of Low in Cyan Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Adjust the Colors while Checking the P...

Page 359: ...e OK button 8 Click the Print button The adjustments are reflected in the image and printing begins Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Monochrome You can adjust the colors while checking the adjustments in the preview The following explanation is about the procedures for adjusting example image below Low for Contrast Light for Highlight Light for Shadow Enhance brightness for the cur...

Page 360: ...pplication 1 Open the Main sheet 2 Select Auto Monochrome Photo in Output Profile Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Monochrome iPF6300S 3 342 ...

Page 361: ...oward Light Note You can change the numbers by inputting in numerical characters You can change the numbers by clicking either button or button 7 Click the Curves button then click near the center of the curve Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Monochrome 3 343 ...

Page 362: ...ck the OK button 9 Click the Print button This applies the image adjustments and starts the print job Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Monochrome iPF6300S 3 344 ...

Page 363: ...eet 2 Select the profile in Output Profile Note When you place a checkmark in Perform Proof in Preview you can check the color matching in the preview This may not be displayed depending on how you set Media Type The details of Output Profile you have set is saved even when you close the Print Plug In but when the specified profile cannot be located it is set to Auto Color If an ICC profile is sel...

Page 364: ...oshop without compromising the level of tone in the image 1 Select the Adobe RGB16bit image data in Photoshop and start Print Plug In See Starting from Photoshop P 312 2 Click button 3 Check that Adobe RGB is displayed in Color Space and 16bit channel is displayed in Bit in the Image Properties dialog box and click the Close button Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Profess...

Page 365: ...y possible in Print Mode 8 If required adjust the colors using color matching Note For more information about the color matching see Adjust the Colors by Color Matching P 345 9 Click the Print button Printing of the Adobe RGB16bit image begins Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Print High Quality Adobe RGB16bit Images 3 347 ...

Page 366: ...uitable monochrome and printing begins Using Adobe CMM Adobe CMM is a color conversion engine made by Adobe Using Adobe CMM makes it possible to obtain uniform color conversion results and to use the black point compensation function How to Obtain Adobe CMM Adobe CMM can be obtained using the following procedure 1 Open the Adobe website http www adobe com 2 Enter Adobe CMM in the search input box ...

Page 367: ...dows XP SP2 Windows Vista Supported CPU Intel Xeon Xeon Dual Intel Centrino Pentium 4 processor Note Check with Adobe for details How to Use Adobe CMM The procedure for using Adobe CMM is as follows 1 Display the Main sheet 2 Select one of the ICC profiles as the Output Profile 3 Click the ICC Conversion Options button Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300...

Page 368: ...this to avoid saturation in the black areas of images Important Adobe CMM needs to be installed in order to use black point compensation Refer to Using Adobe CMM P 348 for details on how to install Adobe CMM 1 Display the Main sheet 2 Select one of the ICC profiles as the Output Profile 3 Click the ICC Conversion Options button to open the ICC Conversion Options dialog box Windows Software Print P...

Page 369: ... prints by specifying ICC profiles such as Japan Color or SWOP and specifying an ICC profile for the printing press 1 Display the Main sheet 2 Select one of the ICC profiles as the Output Profile 3 Check the Proof check box and select the profile for the printing press you want to target from the list on the right Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Per...

Page 370: ...52 Enlarge Reduce and Print Matching Width of Roll Paper P 354 Specify Scaling Enlarge Reduce and Print P 355 Enlarge Reduce and Print Matching Output Media Size By specifying the media type loaded in the printer the image can be enlarged or reduced to fit the size of the image area of the media This feature is useful when you need to print on the full width of Media that you have selected Note Wh...

Page 371: ...entation Note When you select Portrait the image on the media prints as it appears on the screen When you select Landscape the image on the media prints rotated 90 degrees 4 Click the Enlarged Reduced Printing check box on Note This is not displayed when a checkmark is placed in Borderless Printing 5 Select Fit Paper Size 6 Click the Print button The image prints filling the entire output media su...

Page 372: ...ormation about the Roll Paper Options dialog box see Roll Paper Options Dialog Box P 332 Click the Defaults button to return all of the roll paper option settings to their defaults 5 Select either Portrait or Landscape as the media orientation for the image in Orientation Note When you select Portrait the image on the media prints as it appears on the screen When you select Landscape the image on ...

Page 373: ...en a checkmark is placed in Borderless Printing Fit Roll Paper Widthis set in Enlarged Reduced Printing 3 Select either Portrait or Landscape as the media orientation for the image in Orientation Note When you select Portrait the image on the media prints as it appears on the screen When you select Landscape the image on the media prints rotated 90 degrees 4 Click the Enlarged Reduced Printing che...

Page 374: ...ng rate Print with No Borders You can use the borderless printing function to print without margins surrounding the image Note With some media borderless printing can be performed only between two edges To use the borderless printing function the specified media must be set to the printer 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Roll Paper in Paper Source 3 Click the Borderless Printing check box o...

Page 375: ...elect media type that is actually set in the printer When the media you chose is different from the media set in the printer you may not receive the desired print results 3 Click the Advanced Settings button 4 Perform the settings in the Paper Detailed Settings Dialog Box P 328 and click the OK button Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Customize Media ...

Page 376: ... things using print history Confirm Print History Details P 358 Apply Print History to an Image P 360 Store Print History to Print Preferences P 360 Delete Print History P 363 Export Print History from Print Preferences P 365 Import Print History to Print Preferences P 366 Delete Print History from Print Preferences P 368 Set Information to Print with Image P 370 Confirm Print History Details You ...

Page 377: ...ory or Favorites in the Print History Details dialog box 3 Check the print history details in Settings and click the OK button Note You can display the print history details by switching the sheets Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Confirm Print History Details 3 359 ...

Page 378: ...int History and Favorites and click the Apply button Store Print History to Print Preferences You can store often used print history to print preferences Not only can you store the print history stored under a different name in print preferences you can also find it with ease Note You can store up to 200 print history items to print preferences Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital ...

Page 379: ...history you wish to store in print preferences from Print History in the Print History Details dialog box and check the print history details in Settings Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Store Print History to Print Preferences 3 361 ...

Page 380: ...tory and click the button 5 In the Add Favorites dialog box input the name of the print history in Name input a comment in Comment and click the OK button Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Store Print History to Print Preferences iPF6300S 3 362 ...

Page 381: ...rint History You can delete print history Important Be aware that you cannot undo deletions of print history 1 Display the Print History sheet 2 Click the Details button Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Delete Print History 3 363 ...

Page 382: ... in the Print History Details dialog box and click the Delete button 4 Click the OK button 5 Click the OKbutton to close the Print History Details dialog box Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Delete Print History iPF6300S 3 364 ...

Page 383: ...splay the Print History sheet 2 Click the Details button 3 Select the print history you wish to export from Favorites in the Print History Details dialog box and click the Export button Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Export Print History from Print Preferences 3 365 ...

Page 384: ...k the OK button to close the Print History Details dialog box Import Print History to Print Preferences You can import print history in file format and store it to print preferences 1 Display the Print History sheet 2 Click the Details button Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Import Print History to Print Preferences iPF6300S 3 366 ...

Page 385: ... history is imported Note The print history file name suffix is pjb You cannot import a print history file exported from a different OS in Print Plug In You cannot import a print history file exported from a different printer in Print Plug In Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Import Print History to Print Preferences 3 367 ...

Page 386: ... can delete print history store to print preferences You cannot store more than 200 print history items in print preferen ces 1 Display the Print History sheet 2 Click the Details button Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Delete Print History from Print Preferences iPF6300S 3 368 ...

Page 387: ...History Details dialog box and click the Delete button 4 Click the OK button 5 Click the OK button to close the Print History Details dialog box Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Delete Print History from Print Preferences 3 369 ...

Page 388: ...me media sizes enlargement rates and print position values When Keep Media Size is set to On on the printer a portion of bottom of the print data is not printed 1 Display the Print History sheet 2 Click the Print Information check box on 3 Select the position where you wish to print the information in Information Print Position 4 Click the information check box you wish to print on 5 When you wish...

Page 389: ...e Edit Comment dialog box and click OK button 7 Click the Print button Comments are printed with images Windows Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Set Information to Print with Image 3 371 ...

Page 390: ...l 416 Print Selected Area Excel 419 Configuring Binding Excel 422 Configuring Special Settings 423 Print Plug In for Office features Print Plug In for Office is a Plug In that enables easy printing from Microsoft Office It is displayed on the toolbar ribbon so it is easily accessible It can be set by just selecting from the Wizard Large Format Printing custom size can also be set in the Wizard fro...

Page 391: ...12MB or more for Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 HDD free space 20GB or more Important If you opened the Office document from Internet Explorer the software will not run correctly If you are editing an embedded object or link object the software will not run correctly If you added the imagePROGRAF Print Plug In ribbon to the Microsoft Office 2007 2010 Quick Access toolbar the software will not ...

Page 392: ...2 Click the Install Individual Software button 3 Click Install in imagePROGRAF Print Plug In for Office Windows Software Print Plug In for Office Steps to install iPF6300S 3 374 ...

Page 393: ...4 Click the Next button 5 Read the License Agreement and click the Yes button Windows Software Print Plug In for Office iPF6300S Steps to install 3 375 ...

Page 394: ... Click the Start button 7 Click the Yes button 8 Click the Exit button The installation for Print Plug In for Office is complete Windows Software Print Plug In for Office Steps to install iPF6300S 3 376 ...

Page 395: ... steps to uninstall Print Plug In for Office 1 If Microsoft Office is open close it 2 Select Control Panel from the start menu 3 Open Add or Remove Programs 4 Select imagePROGRAF Print Plug In and click the Remove button Note You cannot uninstall Print Plug In for Office if an Office application is running When a message appears select Cancel and close all Office applications that are running When...

Page 396: ...ion Re install Print Plug In for Office as follows 1 Close Microsoft Office if it is open 2 Install Print Plug In for Office For information about instsalling see Steps to install P 373 Enabling Print Plug In for Office for items disabled in Office applications If a problem occurs such as the system or an application terminating abnormally the Microsoft Office application disables add ins as a saf...

Page 397: ...eprograf print plug in ipfaddinif dll is displayed in the Disabled Items dialog box select it and click the Enable button 5 Close all the dialog boxes and restart the Office application Windows Software Print Plug In for Office iPF6300S When Print Plug In for Office is not displayed 3 379 ...

Page 398: ...ame options button 2 From the list on the left side of the application name options dialog box select Add ins 3 Select Disabled Items in the Manage combo box and click the Go button Windows Software Print Plug In for Office When Print Plug In for Office is not displayed iPF6300S 3 380 ...

Page 399: ...ox select it and click the Enable button 5 Close all the dialog boxes and restart the Office application For Microsoft Office 2003 1 Click About application name in the Help menu of application Windows Software Print Plug In for Office iPF6300S When Print Plug In for Office is not displayed 3 381 ...

Page 400: ... the Disabled Items dialog box select it and click the Enable button 4 Close all the dialog boxes and restart the Office application To start from Microsoft Word Below are the steps to start Print Plug In for Office from Microsoft Word 1 Start Microsoft Word Windows Software Print Plug In for Office To start from Microsoft Word iPF6300S 3 382 ...

Page 401: ... change the settings using the Special Settings dialog box Refer to Configuring Special Settings P 423 for details Printer list Select Printer If you select Show All Printers the imagePROGRAF printers will be displayed again Select this when you want to display all printer drivers or update the display Print Button The print Wizard is displayed The settings Print Matching Roll Width Borderless Pri...

Page 402: ...le or application while the Printing Wizard is open close the Printing Wizard dialog box Otherwise you may not be able to change displays or operate the toolbar Large Format Printing Wizard dialog box Windows Software Print Plug In for Office To start from Microsoft Word iPF6300S 3 384 ...

Page 403: ... can print large exhibits and posters and also print Portrait and Landscape orienta tions made in Large Format Printing Wizard 1 Start Microsoft Word 2 If Start imagePROGRAF Print Plug In is displayed click it 3 Click Print from the imagePROGRAF Print Plug In toolbar ribbon The Printing Wizard dialog box is displayed Important If you want to change the display to another file or application while ...

Page 404: ...nt Matching Roll Width 5 Select Roll Paper Width that is set in the printer 6 Select image size 7 Select layout 8 Select Next Windows Software Print Plug In for Office Print Matching Roll Width Word iPF6300S 3 386 ...

Page 405: ...le times using the same setting Press the Print Preview button to display the preview screen You can check and make changes to the layout in the preview screen When you print to the edge of the roll width the maximum length will be the lesser of 5 587 times the roll paper width or 18 0m 12 Press Print to start printing Borderless Printing Word Prints up to the border of the media Photos and poster...

Page 406: ... you want to change the display to another file or application while the Printing Wizard is open close the Printing Wizard dialog box Otherwise you may not be able to change displays or operate the toolbar ribbon 4 Click Borderless Printing Windows Software Print Plug In for Office Borderless Printing Word iPF6300S 3 388 ...

Page 407: ...cted in Choose how to proceed and press OK Note To adjust the data select Return to application and press OK Exit Print Plug In for Office and return to the application 6 Select Roll Paper Width that is set in the printer 7 Select Layout Windows Software Print Plug In for Office iPF6300S Borderless Printing Word 3 389 ...

Page 408: ...his is useful for multiple printing using the same settings Press the Print Preview button to display the preview screen You can confirm and make changes to the layout in the preview screen The maximum length for Borderless Printing is the lesser of 5 587 times the roll paper width or 18 0m 12 Press Print to start printing Multi Page Printing Word Prints multiple pages as one page You can print ha...

Page 409: ... Wizard dialog box is displayed Important If you want to change the display to another file or application while the Printing Wizard is open close the Printing Wizard dialog box Otherwise you may not be able to change displays or operate the toolbar ribbon Windows Software Print Plug In for Office iPF6300S Multi Page Printing Word 3 391 ...

Page 410: ... Printing 5 Select the Roll Paper Width that is set in the printer 6 Select layout from Layout Selection 7 Select Next 8 Select Media Type Windows Software Print Plug In for Office Multi Page Printing Word iPF6300S 3 392 ...

Page 411: ... maximum length for Multi Page Printing is the lesser of 5 587 times the roll paper width or 18 0m 11 Press Print to start printing Register the settings Word If you are going to print multiple times using the same setting you can select One Touch Registration Registered settings can be recalled from Print Using Registered Settings 1 Set up to the Print screen from Print Matching Roll Width Border...

Page 412: ...cking Cancel in the Print screen will not delete the registered settings Print Using Registered Settings Word Prints using the registered settings 1 Start Microsoft Word 2 If Start imagePROGRAF Print Plug In is displayed click it 3 Click Print from the imagePROGRAF Print Plug In toolbar ribbon The Printing Wizard dialog box is displayed Windows Software Print Plug In for Office Print Using Registe...

Page 413: ... is open close the Printing Wizard dialog box Otherwise you may not be able to change displays or operate the toolbar ribbon 4 Click Print Using Registered Settings 5 Click the Next button 6 Select Media Type Windows Software Print Plug In for Office iPF6300S Print Using Registered Settings Word 3 395 ...

Page 414: ... and posters or print the Landscape or Portrait Orientation Page Sizes made in the Large Format Printing Wizard Create Page Size in Portrait or Landscape Orientation Use the Large Format Printing Wizard to create portrait page sizes for Potrait Orientation and landscape page sizes for Landscape Orientation 1 Start Microsoft Word 2 If Start imagePROGRAF Print Plug In is displayed click it 3 Click P...

Page 415: ...taken to create a Portrait Page Size will be used as an example to explain the procedure 5 Adjust Length from the list box or slide bar 6 Click the Create Page button Windows Software Print Plug In for Office iPF6300S Portrait Orientation Landscape Orientation Word 3 397 ...

Page 416: ... again To start from Microsoft PowerPoint Below are the steps to start Print Plug In for Office from Microsoft PowerPoint 1 Start Microsoft PowerPoint 2 If Start imagePROGRAF Print Plug In is displayed on the toolbar ribbon click it Important If the imagePROGRAF Print Plug In toolbar ribbon is not displayed refer to the following When Print Plug In for Office is not displayed P 377 3 Check that th...

Page 417: ...ing Roll Width Borderless Printing Multi Page Print ing and Print Using Registered Settings can be set Paper Settings Button Large Format Wizard is displayed Settings for Portrait or Landscape Orientation can be set Printing Wizard dialog box Important If you want to change the display to another file or application while the Printing Wizard is open close the Printing Wizard dialog box Otherwise y...

Page 418: ...hat is the case modify the data again Note If you open a password protected document as read only the Large Format Printing Wizard cannot be run Remove the password protection Print Matching Roll Width PowerPoint Prints to the edge of the roll width You can print large exhibits and posters and also print Portrait and Landscape orienta tions made in Large Format Printing Wizard 1 Start Microsoft Po...

Page 419: ...another file or application while the Printing Wizard is open close the Printing Wizard dialog box Otherwise you may not be able to change displays or operate the toolbar ribbon 4 Click Print Matching Roll Width 5 Select Roll Paper Width that is set in the printer Windows Software Print Plug In for Office iPF6300S Print Matching Roll Width PowerPoint 3 401 ...

Page 420: ...vividly The settings are registered when the One Touch Registration is pressed This is convenient if you to need print multiple times using the same setting Press the Print Preview button to display the preview screen You can check and make changes to the layout in the preview screen When you print to the edge of the roll width the maximum length will be the lesser of 14 22 times the roll paper wi...

Page 421: ... 3 Click Print from the imagePROGRAF Print Plug In toolbar ribbon The Printing Wizard dialog box is displayed Important If you want to change the display to another file or application while the Printing Wizard is open close the Printing Wizard dialog box Otherwise you may not be able to change displays or operate the toolbar ribbon Windows Software Print Plug In for Office iPF6300S Borderless Pri...

Page 422: ... in is selected in Choose how to proceed and press OK Note To adjust the data select Return to application and press OK Exit Print Plug In for Office and return to the application 6 Select Roll Paper Width that is set in the printer 7 Select Layout Windows Software Print Plug In for Office Borderless Printing PowerPoint iPF6300S 3 404 ...

Page 423: ...s is useful for multiple printing using the same settings Press the Print Preview button to display the preview screen You can confirm and make changes to the layout in the preview screen The maximum length for Borderless Printing is the lesser of 14 22 times the roll paper width or 18 0m 12 Press Print to start printing Multi Page Printing PowerPoint Prints multiple pages as one page You can prin...

Page 424: ...zard dialog box is displayed Important If you want to change the display to another file or application while the Printing Wizard is open close the Printing Wizard dialog box Otherwise you may not be able to change displays or operate the toolbar ribbon Windows Software Print Plug In for Office Multi Page Printing PowerPoint iPF6300S 3 406 ...

Page 425: ...inting 5 Select the Roll Paper Width that is set in the printer 6 Select layout from Layout Selection 7 Select Next 8 Select Media Type Windows Software Print Plug In for Office iPF6300S Multi Page Printing PowerPoint 3 407 ...

Page 426: ...h for Multi Page Printing is the lesser of 14 22 times the roll paper width or 18 0m 11 Press Print to start printing Register the settings PowerPoint If you are going to print multiple times using the same setting you can select One Touch Registration Registered settings can be recalled from Print Using Registered Settings 1 Set up to the Print screen from Print Matching Roll Width Borderless Pri...

Page 427: ...cel in the Print screen will not delete the registered settings Print Using Registered Settings PowerPoint Prints using the registered settings 1 Start Microsoft PowerPoint 2 If Start imagePROGRAF Print Plug In is displayed click it 3 Click Print from the imagePROGRAF Print Plug In toolbar ribbon The Printing Wizard dialog box is displayed Windows Software Print Plug In for Office iPF6300S Print U...

Page 428: ... open close the Printing Wizard dialog box Otherwise you may not be able to change displays or operate the toolbar ribbon 4 Click Print Using Registered Settings 5 Click the Next button 6 Select Media Type Windows Software Print Plug In for Office Print Using Registered Settings PowerPoint iPF6300S 3 410 ...

Page 429: ...times the roll paper width or 18 0m 9 Press Print to start printing Portrait Orientation Landscape Orientation PowerPoint Print to the edge of the roll width You can print large exhibits and posters or print the Landscape or Portrait Orientation Page Sizes made in the Large Format Printing Wizard Create Page Size in Portrait or Landscape Orientation Use the Large Format Printing Wizard to create p...

Page 430: ...rmat Printing Wizard is open close the Large Format Printing Wizard dialog box Otherwise you may not be able to change displays or operate the toolbar ribbon 4 Click Portrait Orientation or Landscape Orientation Note The steps taken to create a Portrait Page Size will be used as an example to explain the procedure Windows Software Print Plug In for Office Portrait Orientation Landscape Orientation...

Page 431: ...collapse if you create a form using existing data If that is the case modify the data again Note Printing is done in Print Matching Roll Width of the Printing Wizard For details on Print Match ing Roll Width refer to see Print Matching Roll Width PowerPoint P 400 Windows Software Print Plug In for Office iPF6300S Portrait Orientation Landscape Orientation PowerPoint 3 413 ...

Page 432: ...oolbar ribbon is displayed 4 Click the buttons on the toolbar ribbon according to the items you want to set Icon Contents Menu Displays the About Help and Special Settings dialog boxes See Configuring Special Settings P 423 Printer list Select Printer If you select Show All Printers the imagePROGRAF printers will be displayed again Select this when you want to display all printer drivers or update...

Page 433: ... dialog box will appear asking if you want to continue printing If you click No you will return to the application If you click the Print button with a page break set a message dialog box will appear asking if you want to continue printing If you click No you will return to the application If you do not use the set page break check the page break preview and change the setting If you click the Pri...

Page 434: ...Print from the imagePROGRAF Print Plug In toolbar ribbon Important When more than one worksheet is selected the Printing Wizard cannot be run Select only one worksheet and click Print again If a print area is set a confirmation message dialog box will appear To print the entire sheet cancel the setting of the print area The Printing Wizard dialog box is displayed Windows Software Print Plug In for...

Page 435: ...The Layout menu will appear automatically Note If data analysis requires time a message dialog will appear If you select No you will return to the application 5 Select Roll Paper Width that is set in the printer Windows Software Print Plug In for Office iPF6300S Print Entire Sheet Excel 3 417 ...

Page 436: ...isplay the preview screen You can check and make changes to the layout in the preview screen When you print to the edge of the roll width the maximum print length is 18 0m 12 If the upper and lower margins are too wide check No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper The upper and lower margins can be checked in Print Preview 13 Press Print to start printing Important If divided into plural pages t...

Page 437: ...lick Print from the imagePROGRAF Print Plug In toolbar ribbon Important When more than one worksheet is selected the Printing Wizard cannot be run Select only one worksheet and click Print again If a print area is set a confirmation message dialog box will appear To print the selected area cancel the setting of the print area The Printing Wizard dialog box is displayed Windows Software Print Plug ...

Page 438: ...ar informing you that analysis is in progress The Layout menu will appear automatically Important If the range selected in Excel 2007 2010 is too large it will not be possible to analyze the data Select a smaller range and then run the analysis Windows Software Print Plug In for Office Print Selected Area Excel iPF6300S 3 420 ...

Page 439: ...Copies Note When Print in Draft mode is selected printing is fast but the print quality is poor When Saturation is selected you can print posters etc vividly Press the Print Preview button to display the preview screen You can check and make changes to the layout in the preview screen When you print to the edge of the roll width the maximum print length is 18 0m 12 If the upper and lower margins a...

Page 440: ... Selected Area Refer to Print Entire Sheet Excel P 416 and Print Selected Area Excel P 419 for the configuration methods 2 Click the Binding Settings button Important You cannot click the Binding Settings button in the following situations When the Image Size is set to 100 When a graph is selected When page breaks have been set When a sheet or cell is protected Open the Binding Settings dialog box...

Page 441: ...e item you want to change on or off Item Details Show progress indicator during plug in startup When this setting is off hides the progress indicator that appears while the plug in is starting up Center sheets and print areas When this setting is off printing is performed without changing the po sition When this setting is on printing is performed with the top bot tom left and right margins layed ...

Page 442: ...he quality of photos etc This function is only valid in Microsoft PowerPoint Correct the print area when analyzing For data that cannot be processed with usual data analysis the print area is corrected and then the data is processed When data analysis fails you may be able to print by turning on this checkbox This function is only valid in Microsoft Excel 3 Click OK to close the Special Settings d...

Page 443: ...us and managing print jobs Two screens are available in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Printer List shows a list of printers and Status Monitor shows details for each printer You can view a list of the printers for which printer drivers have been installed on your computer printers connected to your computer and printers found on the network Windows Software Status Monitor iPF6300S The Features of im...

Page 444: ...disk You can use the Accounting Manager to collect the print job logs for the printers and check information such as the printing costs For details of the Accounting Manager see Accounting Manager P 428 Note For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help Job Management Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor You can use the Job sheet in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor for operations such as pausi...

Page 445: ...loaded in the printer Use the procedure below to print the held job 1 Select the held job and click the Replace Paper button 2 Replace the paper in the printer with the correct paper Note To continue printing without changing the paper in the printer select the held job and click Continue to print button The printing behavior when the paper specified by the driver does not match the paper currentl...

Page 446: ...Log Collection This allows you to check which documents were printed from each printer who printed them and when Calculation of the Total Pages Used and the Total Cost This allows you to use the collected print job logs to calculate totals for items such as the number of pages printed the amount of paper used and the printing costs incurred Regular Data Acquisition for Print Jobs Job logs can be a...

Page 447: ...lect Accounting in the Accounting menu Or open the Accounting sheet and click the Accounting button Accounting Manager Main Window The Accounting Manager main window consists of a title bar menu bar toolbars listed job selection area job list area totals area and status bar Windows Software Accounting iPF6300S Launching the Accounting Manager 3 429 ...

Page 448: ...he View menu Listed Job Selection Area You can use this area to select which job log is displayed If you are using regular data acquisition this area allows you to view the collective job logs for each specified period For more information on how to select the job logs displayed see Switching Between Displaying Jobs on Printer and Regularly Acquired Jobs P 438 Job List Area This area lists the det...

Page 449: ...the total costs for the selected job and the amounts of paper and ink consumed Note If you are viewing regularly acquired print jobs selecting a period on the left side of the window dis plays the total costs for that period and the amounts of paper and ink consumed Windows Software Accounting iPF6300S Accounting Manager Main Window 3 431 ...

Page 450: ...the printed document Printing Results Displays OK when printing is executed and Cancel when it is not executed Media Type This is the type of paper used in printing Paper Consumed This is the area of paper used in printing Note Paper Consumed may differ from the value derived by multiplying Paper Width by Paper Length Output Image Size This is the size of the document used in printing Note When th...

Page 451: ...n settings For details of the Regular Data Acquisition settings see Automatically Acquiring Print Job Logs at Regular Inter vals P 438 4 Specify the jobs to be listed For details of how to select the job logs displayed see Switching Between Displaying Jobs on Printer and Regu larly Acquired Jobs P 438 This displays the required print job logs and lists the details Configuring Unit Costs in Account...

Page 452: ... all ink checkbox 2 Enter the Tank Capacity and corresponding Price 3 Click the OK button Important Your settings are not applied until you click the OK button To set different unit costs for each ink color 1 Select the ink color to be costed 2 Enter the Tank Capacity and corresponding Price Windows Software Accounting Setting the Unit Cost for Ink iPF6300S 3 434 ...

Page 453: ...er sheet Set the unit cost for paper in this sheet 1 Select a media type from the Media Type list 2 Enter the Width and Length of the paper and the Price per area for the configured width x height 3 Click the Add button To change the unit cost for a media type you have already set click the Overwrite button 4 Click the OK button Windows Software Accounting iPF6300S Setting the Unit Cost for Paper ...

Page 454: ...e Name field 2 Enter a value in Unit Cost 3 Use Allocated to specify whether the costs are allocated as being incurred by the print job 4 Click the Add button To change the unit cost for a media type you have already set click the Overwrite button 5 Click the OK button Important Your settings are not applied until you click the OK button Windows Software Accounting Setting the Unit Cost for Items ...

Page 455: ...it Enter a text string up to 3 characters long 1000 Separator Use this option to select the symbol used as a separator in numbers The symbol is inserted every 3 digits Decimal Symbol Use this option to select the symbol used as a decimal point Ink Consumed Use this option to select the unit used for ink consumption Paper Width Use this to select the unit used for paper width Paper Length Use this ...

Page 456: ... file For details of how to export print job logs as CSV files see Exporting Print Job Data as a CSV File P 439 Canceling Regular Print Job Log Acquisition You can use this procedure to cancel the regular acquisition of print job logs from printers 1 Select Regular Data Acquisition in the Settings menu 2 Uncheck the Acquire print job logs regularly option 3 Click the OK button to close the dialog ...

Page 457: ...ote You can also select Export Job Cost Data using the icon in the toolbar Selected Jobs Exports the data for the selected print jobs in the job list as a CSV file Note You can select multiple jobs by holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key as you click the job names Listed Jobs Exports the data for the print jobs currently displayed in the list as a CSV file Showing Job Properties If you select a ...

Page 458: ...paper is saved as a file Load Unit Cost Data Selecting Load Unit Cost Data in the File menu loads saved unit cost data Showing the Total Amount of Ink and Paper Consumed Select Show Ink and Paper Consumed in the File menu to open the Show Ink and Paper Consumed dialog box This lists the total amounts of ink and paper consumed by the printer so far You can copy text based information in this dialog...

Page 459: ...Front Access In short Digital Photo Front Access can help you manage images in many ways from editing to printing as an effective way to work with other applications Digital Photo Front Access also enables image retouching For automatic retouching select an image for retouching and click Image Adjustment Because this application automates the workflow from retouching to display for all of your ima...

Page 460: ...ng the printer list Communication between your com puter and these printers is possible Note We recommend that your network or printer administrator complete the setup work using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility help Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Install imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the User Software CD ROM provid...

Page 461: ...ling imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF De vice Setup Utility P 442 When specifying an IPv4 IP address 1 Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu 2 In the Device Name list displayed select the printer to configure 3 Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu Windows Software Device Setup Utility iPF6300S Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRA...

Page 462: ...irmation message is displayed 8 Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Note To configure the IP address automatically choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select DHCP BOOTP or RARP You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway Windows Software Device Setup Utility Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility iPF6300S 3 444 ...

Page 463: ...tart menu 2 In the Device Name list displayed select the printer to configure 3 Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu 4 Select the IPv6 tab 5 In IPv6 select On Windows Software Device Setup Utility iPF6300S Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 3 445 ...

Page 464: ...elect On in DHCPv6 Note When there is no IPv6 compatible router or DHCPv6 compatible server select On in Manual and enter the IPv6 Address and Prefix Length 7 Click Set 8 Click OK after the Confirmation message is displayed 9 Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Windows Software Device Setup Utility Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility iPF6300S 3 446 ...

Page 465: ...el and in printer driver dialog boxes and rename them in addition to other functions You can add custom paper paper that is not Canon genuine paper or Canon feed confirmed paper to the printer con trol panel and printer driver Important Normally the Media Configuration Tool is installed and the media information is configured when you in stall the printer driver from the User Software CD ROM Use t...

Page 466: ...er Driver Installation Procedures The Media Configuration Tool installation screen appears when you start the installation of a new version of the Media Configuration Tool The installation procedure started from this screen is described below Important If the printer driver is installed from the User Software CD ROM the Media Configuration Tool is also in stalled and the media information is also ...

Page 467: ... Click the Next button 2 The next screen presents selections for the country or area where the printer is used Select a country or territory then click the Next button Windows Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Installation Procedures 3 449 ...

Page 468: ...ept the terms of the license agreement and click the Next button 4 The Choose Destination Location screen appears Select the destination folder then click the Next button Windows Software Media Configuration Tool Installation Procedures iPF6300S 3 450 ...

Page 469: ...ick the Finish button This completes the installation of Media Configuration Tool Starting the Media Configuration Tool Follow the procedure below to start Media Configuration Tool From the start menu go to All Programs iPFxxxx Media Configuration Tool iPFxxxx Media Configuration Tool Windows Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Starting the Media Configuration Tool 3 451 ...

Page 470: ...indow The explanation below is on the Media Configuration Tool main window Note For the step to open the Media Configuration Tool main window see Starting the Media Configuration Tool P 451 Windows Software Media Configuration Tool Media Configuration Tool Main Window iPF6300S 3 452 ...

Page 471: ...to Using Paper Other Than Genuine Paper Feed Confirmed Paper P 466 for details on Add Custom Paper Link to Support Information button Opens imagePROGRAF Support Information You can check information such as the latest information for the product and software version upgrade information Link to User Manual Button Click this button to display the User s Guide This function requires that the User s G...

Page 472: ...om the Canon website Note It may not be possible to deleting showing hiding and changing the display order under some conditions Adding Media Types Media information files amf files released by Canon are registered in the printer control panel and printer driver Important Do not perform printing on the target printer while adding the media types Reinstalling Media Configuration Tool after register...

Page 473: ...s Click the Browse button 3 The Browse for Folder dialog box opens Select the folder that contains the media information files amf files and then click the OK button Windows Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Adding Media Types 3 455 ...

Page 474: ...Important If Master Media Information File is displayed as the Type of the Media Information File the me dia type display order and media type display non display settings are initialized Reconfigure these after added the master media information file 5 Click OK when the confirmation message is displayed 6 In the Edit Media Types dialog box click the Update button Windows Software Media Configurat...

Page 475: ...ng Media Types P 464 Important Be sure to click the Update button If you do not your changes will not be applied to the printer and printer driver Changing Media Names 1 Open the Edit Media Types dialog box 2 In the Media Type list select the name to change Click the Rename button Windows Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Changing Media Names 3 457 ...

Page 476: ...s dialog box click the Update button The Update Media Types wizard is started at this point For details on the procedure to update paper information using the Update Media Types wizard see Updating Media Types P 464 Important Be sure to click the Update button If you do not your changes will not be applied to the printer and printer driver Windows Software Media Configuration Tool Changing Media N...

Page 477: ... dialog box 2 In the Media Type list select the name of the media to delete Click the Delete button Note Only paper for which Status in the Media Type is Add can be deleted Windows Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Deleting Media Types You Have Added 3 459 ...

Page 478: ...on using the Update Media Types wizard see Updating Media Types P 464 Important Be sure to click the Update button If you do not your changes will not be applied to the printer and printer driver Switching Media Types Display Show Hide 1 Open the Edit Media Types dialog box Windows Software Media Configuration Tool Switching Media Types Display Show Hide iPF6300S 3 460 ...

Page 479: ...appear grayed out in the Media Type list Each time you click the Show Hide button the display mode cycles from showing both the printer driver and printer panel to hiding both the printer driver and printer panel and then to showing only the printer panel 3 In the Edit Media Types dialog box click the Update button Windows Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Switching Media Types Display Sh...

Page 480: ...wizard see Updating Media Types P 464 Important Be sure to click the Update button If you do not your changes will not be applied to the printer and printer driver Changing the Display Order of Media Types 1 Open the Edit Media Types dialog box Windows Software Media Configuration Tool Changing the Display Order of Media Types iPF6300S 3 462 ...

Page 481: ...ox click the Update button The Update Media Types wizard is started at this point For details on the procedure to update paper information using the Update Media Types wizard see Updating Media Types P 464 Important Be sure to click the Update button If you do not your changes will not be applied to the printer and printer driver Windows Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Changing the Disp...

Page 482: ...media type information perform the same update on all of the PCs that are using that printer 1 Confirm the printer where media type information is to be updated to be displayed in Printer in the Update Media Types Select Printer dialog box and then click the Next button Note If the printer driver is not installed the following dialog box is displayed Select how the printer to update is connected 2...

Page 483: ...date Media Types Confirm Update Confirm the information received from the printer To update click the Execute button Important When setting a data to the printer that differs from the data to be updated the selected media informa tion file is updated When you would like to remain the data that is set to the printer click the Cancel button 4 Communication with the printer starts and the following d...

Page 484: ...t you want to update in Step 1 and update the media information by following the Update Media Types wizard Using Paper Other Than Genuine Paper Feed Confirmed Paper When the Add Custom Paper button is clicked in the Media Configuration Tool main window the Add Custom Paper dialog box is displayed Adding custom paper to the printer control panel and printer driver is performed from this screen Note...

Page 485: ...on genuine paper and feed confirmed paper cannot be changed from this dialog box Refer to Editing Media Type Information P 453 Changing the display order of media types displayed in the printer control panel and printer driver is per formed from the Edit Media Types dialog box regardless of whether it is Canon genuine paper or custom paper Refer to Editing Media Type Information P 453 Compatible P...

Page 486: ...ies of customer paper paper that is not Canon genuine paper or Canon feed confirmed paper Add Custom Paper In order to add new custom paper to the printer control panel and printer driver first select the media type to use as the basis from among the Canon genuine paper and feed confirmed paper Add this as custom paper after making various changes to the standard paper as necessary Important Do no...

Page 487: ...ick the Next button 3 The Step 1 Select the standard paper dialog box is displayed In Paper Category select the category of media type to use as the basis of the custom paper you are adding Important Select the category that you think is the closest to the custom paper you are adding Windows Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Add Custom Paper 3 469 ...

Page 488: ...y Alternatively select the media type called General from among the displayed Media Type Name Depending on the selected category there might not be a media type called General Depending on the selected category the Assist button may be disabled 5 The Step 2 Set the custom paper name dialog box is displayed Enter an arbitrary name to display in the printer control panel and printer driver and then ...

Page 489: ...plete click the Next button Important Check that there is no paper left on the ejection guide If Paper Feed Adjustment is not executed horizontal stripes with different color tones may appear in the printed material Paper feed adjustment does not need to be executed more than once Execute paper feed adjustment only once each time you add a custom paper 9 The Roll Paper Settings dialog box is displ...

Page 490: ...such as to wait for the ink to dry User Cut Cutting is not performed by the cutter unit Cut the roll paper using scissors after each sheet Select this for paper that cannot be cut by the cutter unit Drying Time Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry as needed Off Ejects immediately after printing finishes 30 sec 1 min 3 min 5 min 10 min 30 min 60 min Ejects after the specified time...

Page 491: ...cut well by the cutter set the Automatic Cutting Settings to User Cut and cut the roll paper using scissors etc Paper where borderless printing can be performed is limited by the media type and roll paper width Refer to Compatible Paper P 467 For custom paper where there is a need to set the Automatic Cutting Settings to User Cut set the Borderless Printing to Deny 10 The Step 5 Configure the amou...

Page 492: ...12 Determine and set the ink level that is thought to give the best visual test print results with no bleeding or scraping of ink Note Select the optimal ink level by referring to the help If you cannot obtain sufficiently high quality printing no matter which maximum ink usage level you select use the Step 1 Select the standard paper dialog box to change the paper that is the basis of the custom ...

Page 493: ...ter driver may become unselectable 13 Configure Head Height and Vacuum Strength as required and click the Next button Usually these do not need to be set Important If you set the Head Height lower than the automatically set height in parentheses check that the printhead does not rub against the paper If the printhead rubs against the paper there will be scratches in the printing results If the pri...

Page 494: ...irm the updates and then click the Execute button The custom paper is added to the control panel of the printer and to the printer driver of the PC you are using Important If you have added custom paper with the POP Board Cardboard category as the Standard Paper remove the loaded custom paper from the printer Windows Software Media Configuration Tool Add Custom Paper iPF6300S 3 476 ...

Page 495: ... Configuration Tool window Delete Custom Paper You can delete custom paper that you have already added from printer control panel and from the printer driver of the PC you are using 1 Open the Add Custom Paper dialog box 2 Select the paper you want to delete from the Added Custom Paper list and then click the Delete button Windows Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Delete Custom Paper 3 47...

Page 496: ...then click the Execute button The custom paper is deleted from the control panel of the printer and from the printer driver of the PC you are using Edit Custom Paper You can change the settings of custom paper you have already added 1 Open the Add Custom Paper dialog box Windows Software Media Configuration Tool Edit Custom Paper iPF6300S 3 478 ...

Page 497: ...68 for details on how to configure each setting Export Custom Media Information You can export to file and save media information about custom paper that you have added The saved Custom Media Information File can be used by importing it into another printer or PC Refer to Import Custom Media Information P 480 for details on importing custom media information 1 Open the Add Custom Paper dialog box ...

Page 498: ... File A Custom Media Information File am1 file is saved Import Custom Media Information You can import a Custom Media Information File that has been saved in a folder and add the file to the printer control panel and to the printer driver of the PC you are using 1 Open the Add Custom Paper dialog box Windows Software Media Configuration Tool Import Custom Media Information iPF6300S 3 480 ...

Page 499: ...the printer to add the custom paper to Note Double click Custom Media Information File to start the Media Configuration Tool and display this screen Windows Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Import Custom Media Information 3 481 ...

Page 500: ...the printer and to the printer driver of the PC you are using Note When the custom paper is correctly added to the printer driver the name of the added custom paper is displayed in the Edit Media Types dialog box that is opened by Add Genuine Paper in the Media Configuration Tool window Windows Software Media Configuration Tool Import Custom Media Information iPF6300S 3 482 ...

Page 501: ...bs even after changing the Vacuum Strength set the Head Height to be higher in the Step 5 Configure the amount of ink used dialog box Refer to Paper rubs against the Printhead for details on how to handle the printhead rubbing against the paper See Paper rubs against the printhead P 1027 About Borderless Printing When performing borderless printing on paper where the ink does not dry well the cutt...

Page 502: ... 840 If you cannot obtain sufficiently high print quality change the maximum ink usage or change the media type used as the basis for the custom paper in the Step 1 Select the standard paper dialog box If there is no luster in printed material set the paper used as the basis for the custom paper to a paper that uses photo ink as the Black ink The types of Black ink used are displayed on the right ...

Page 503: ...inter Driver 486 Preview 518 Free Layout 549 Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 583 Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional 607 Printmonitor 673 Media Configuration Tool 676 Mac OS X Software iPF6300S 4 485 ...

Page 504: ...cation 502 Matching pane 503 Ambient Light Adjust dialog box 505 Light Source Check Tool 507 Color Settings Pane Color 508 Object Adjustment dialog box Color 509 Color Settings Pane Monochrome 510 Object Adjustment dialog box Monochrome 511 Gray Adjustment Pane 512 Page Setup Pane 513 Utility Pane 515 Additional Settings Pane 516 Support Pane 517 Printer Driver Settings For instructions on accessi...

Page 505: ...s Pane Color P 508 Object Adjustment dialog box Color P 509 Matching pane P 503 Ambient Light Adjust dialog box P 505 Light Source Check Tool P 507 Color Settings Pane Monochrome P 510 Object Adjustment dialog box Monochrome P 511 Gray Adjustment Pane P 512 Page Setup Pane P 513 You can specify the page size of the original borderless printing enlargement or reduction the orientation the paper siz...

Page 506: ... print scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy P 583 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver If you have replaced the paper you must complete the following settings in the printer driver 1 This sets the BFormat for and CPaper Size Note The configuration method varies depending on the OS and application software you are using If Page Setup is dis...

Page 507: ...es dialog box click FOK to close the dialog box and then select Print from the application software menu 5 Access the Main pane 6 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 7 Access the Page Setup pane Mac OS X Software Printer Driver iPF6300S Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver 4 489 ...

Page 508: ...roll is dis played in BRoll Width Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in BRoll Width click LPrinter Informa tion on the Main pane to update the printer information Note A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings P 486 Mac OS X Software Printer...

Page 509: ... settings information Under this the page size paper size and method and percentage of enlargement or reduction is displayed Pane displayed when the ISize tab is clicked Paper size details are indicated numerically Pane with printer and paper illus trations Illustrations indicate the paper source orientation borderless printing selection and other settings information Note To confirm the Print Tar...

Page 510: ...the layout before printing using the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview function 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Access the Main pane 3 Select the OPrint Preview check box 4 Click MPrint Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing iPF6300S 4 492 ...

Page 511: ...e printing dialog box click Save As in the Presets list to save the current print settings This is a stand ard feature of the operating system For details refer to the Mac OS documentation Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications 1 In the application software select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions Note This dialog box includes basic print...

Page 512: ...g enlarged and reduced printing borderless printing and so on Main Pane The following settings are available on the Main pane For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help Note On the Main pane choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the print target or switch to Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired Mac OS X Software Printer Driver ...

Page 513: ...gs You can configure the printing settings to match the type of media such as the ink drying time Paper Detailed Settings Dialog Box P 500 OPrint Preview If you turn this on imagePROGRAF Preview starts before printing This allows you to check on screen previews of documents before printing Important When Free Layout is selected on the Page Setup panel Free Layout is disabled Checking the Layout in...

Page 514: ...rawings and Text P 47 FPrint Quality Choose the level of print quality GView set Click to display the View settings dialog box which enables you to confirm the settings for the selected item from the EPrint Target list or change the order of items listed in EPrint Target View settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application P 502 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Main Pane iPF6300S 4 496 ...

Page 515: ...ever you will attain print results with the highest quali ty Note If you set FPrint Quality to High you can select NHighest quality However depending on AMe dia Type you may not be able to select NHighest quality KEconomy Printing When this mode is selected you can print with less ink consumed However print quality is lower than in regular printing Select this option to save ink such as when print...

Page 516: ... faster than usual when possible HColor Mode Choose the color mode Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 64 ISet Click to display the Color Settings dialog box for more advanced color settings Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 55 JUnidirectional Printing Select this checkbox to prevent problems such as misaligned lines and improve the print quality Howe...

Page 517: ...he Paper Information on Printer dialog box on the Main pane click Get Information by Media Type See Main Pane P 494 APaper Source Shows the Paper Source supported by the printer as well as the type of paper loaded To update the media type setting in the printer driver select the desired Paper Source option and click OK Mac OS X Software Printer Driver iPF6300S Paper Information on Printer Dialog B...

Page 518: ...rence Guide See Paper Reference Guide BDrying Time Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry as needed The Drying Time setting is only valid for rolls CBetween Pages You can set the time to wait after printing 1 document page until ejecting the paper Since waiting time is required for ink to dry before a roll is cut you can deliver paper in the Output Stacker with the ink dried even i...

Page 519: ...n you do not have any problems in printing 20 mm 0 8 in Select this when rubbing against the printhead occurs such as when using paper that tends to curl GCut Speed Select the speed of automatic cutting as needed You can adjust this setting if paper is not cut well when automatic cutting is used Setting Item Details Printer Default The setting of the control panel of the printer is applied High Sp...

Page 520: ...ion of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted KExtend print pass If you are concerned about uneven colors in the print result of Highest quality selecting this option may improve printing results However printing may take longer View settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application In the View settings dialog box you can check details of the selected printing application Note...

Page 521: ...Color Settings in Color Mode in Advanced Set tings and then click the Matching tab Refer to Main Pane P 494 Driver Matching Mode The following options are available when you select Driver Matching Mode in the AMatching Mode list AMatching Mode Select the color matching mode to use as desired Normally select Driver Matching Mode For color matching based on ICC profiles select ICC Matching Mode depe...

Page 522: ...plete settings for printing to match the ambient light Ambient Light Adjust dialog box P 505 ICC Matching Mode The following options are available when you select ICC Matching Mode in the AMatching Mode list Note To display the Matching pane on the Main pane click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Set tings and then click the Matching tab See Main Pane P 494 AMatching Mode Select the color ...

Page 523: ...thod ASetting Method You can choose configuration based on the printed Chart or based on using the i1 colorimeter BPrint Chart Click to start the Light Source Check Tool for printing Chart Light Source Check Tool P 507 CChart Number In Chart select the number of the pattern with your desired colors DColor Temperature Enter the DColor Temperature measured during monitor calibration Displayed when t...

Page 524: ... using the i1 colorimeter DColor Temperature Enter the DColor Temperature measured using the i1 colorimeter EIlluminance Enter the EIlluminance measured using the i1 colorimeter Displayed when the BMatching Method is set to Monitor Matching on the Matching pane Note For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 55 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Ambient Light Adjus...

Page 525: ...or details on paper types supported by Driver Matching Mode refer to the Paper Reference Guide See Paper Reference Guide CPaper Source Choose the paper source as desired Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in BMedia Type in the Main pane DPrint Click to print the Chart Mac OS X Software Printer Driver iPF6300S Light Source Check Tool 4 507 ...

Page 526: ...andard Portrait Landscape or Graphics BView Color Pattern Select this checkbox to display the color pattern CApply to Sample Select this checkbox to apply the changed settings to the sample image DCyan EMagenta FYellow Correct color tones by adjusting the levels of each color GGray Tone Adjust the color tone of grays as desired Choose Cool tinged with blue or Warm tinged with red HBrightness Adjus...

Page 527: ...bjects subject to color ad justment Object Adjustment dialog box Color P 509 Object Adjustment dialog box Color In the Object Adjustment dialog box you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to If an original comprises images graphics and text you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to Note To display the Object Adjustment dialog box click Object Adjustment o...

Page 528: ...apply the changed settings to the sample image DCyan EMagenta FYellow Not available GGray Tone Not available HBrightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or dark er than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the com puter screen IContrast Adjust the contr...

Page 529: ...cify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to If an original comprises images graphics and text you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to Note To display the Object Adjustment dialog box click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment panel AImages Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas such as photos BGraphics Select this option to apply color adj...

Page 530: ...Balance Click the list to select a color balance that suits the printing application DX EY Adjust the color balance as you check the color tone in the adjustment area You can adjust the square area in the center by clicking or dragging it Drag the vertical or horizontal scroll bars for adjustment as desired You can click the arrows by the DX horizontal and EY vertical boxes or enter the values dir...

Page 531: ...displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in AMedia Type in the Main pane BRoll Width Displays the paper width of the roll loaded in the printer Unknown is displayed if the printer cannot detect the roll paper width CPage Size Displays the size of the original as specified in the page settings of the application For details on page sizes available in the application see Paper Sizes P 7...

Page 532: ...ee Paper Sizes P 774 JPrint Centered Select this checkbox to print document images in the center of the paper Printing Originals Centered on Rolls P 160 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets P 166 KNo Spaces at Top or Bottom Select this checkbox to print the next image skipping blank areas above and below printable data in documents which enables you to conserve the paper Conserving Roll Paper by ...

Page 533: ... ink ejecting outlet cleaning Head alignment adjustment Feed amount adjustment BView Click to start imagePROGRAF Printmonitor which enables you to view the status of print jobs CSet Click to complete the settings for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy P 583 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver iPF6300S Utility Pane 4 515 ...

Page 534: ...ings pane DSend job to You can configure the method for saving print jobs to the printer hard disk EPrint FSave in mail box GPrint after reception is complete Jobs are printed after they are saved on the hard disk Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Additional Settings Pane iPF6300S 4 516 ...

Page 535: ...nter driver updates and browse other information BUser Manual Click to view the printer user s manual This function requires the user s manual to be installed on your computer CSettings The settings can be saved as a file Click to display the Export dialog box which enables you to specify where to save the file DAbout You can display version information for the printer driver Mac OS X Software Pri...

Page 536: ...h All 546 Display with Actual Size 547 Moving a Page 547 The Features of Preview The main features of Preview are as follows While viewing this screen you can adjust layout settings of a document created with application software You can not only adjust layout settings but also your changes will be instantly applied on the preview screen and you can print the preview screen as it is seen Note The ...

Page 537: ...le menu select the printer setup menu to open the Print dialog box Note Normally select Print from the File menu 3 Click Print Preview in the Main panel to attach a checkmark 4 Click the Print button in the Print dialog box Note Your printer is depicted in the lower left area of this screen Mac OS X Software Preview iPF6300S Starting Preview 4 519 ...

Page 538: ...eview Main Window The Preview main window consists of the menu and tool bars and preview dialog drawer and status area Note You can use the View menu to show or hide the tool bar Mac OS X Software Preview Preview Main Window iPF6300S 4 520 ...

Page 539: ...ect menus required for operations Tool Bar This allows you to select tool buttons required for major operations Preview Area You can check the settings you made in this area Mac OS X Software Preview iPF6300S Preview Main Window 4 521 ...

Page 540: ... perform a print job Drawer Area This allows you to display the thumbnails of a document This area appears when you click Drawer from the tool bar Alternatively you may select Drawer from the View menu Mac OS X Software Preview Preview Main Window iPF6300S 4 522 ...

Page 541: ... type that is actually set in the printer When the media you chose is different from the media set in the printer you may not receive the desired print results Easy Settings Advanced Settings Two modes are available to provide the optimum print settings for jobs The settings available on each mode are as follows Easy Settings P 525 Advanced Settings P 527 Mac OS X Software Preview iPF6300S Paper S...

Page 542: ...pending on the paper used If this happens select another paper source Roll Paper Width This selects the width of the roll media set to the printer Note Available only if rolls are selected in Paper Source Copies You can input the number of print copies in numerical characters Note The maximum value is 999 You can change the numbers by clicking either button or button Restore Defaults Button Click ...

Page 543: ...al camera Photo Monochrome Suitable for optimized printing of monochrome photos Poster The best setting for posters Prints using vivid and high impact colors Faithful Color Reproduction Prints by faithfully reproducing the colors of the original image Photo Adobe RGB Achieves the best color when printing an image created with the Adobe RGB color space feature CAD Color Line Drawing Prints the fine...

Page 544: ...ttings are displayed in the following combinations Setting Details Print Quality Highest quality High Standard Fast Resolution 600dpi 300dpi Note The availability of settings is determined by the media type and print priority selections Printing time is longer and more ink is consumed with High than with Fast however print quality is higher Printing time is shorter and less ink is consumed with Fa...

Page 545: ...heet or other documents that contain large amounts of text However you may not achieve the quality you expect with printing photographs or other images with many filled areas For these types of jobs select Image Proof This is a setting for enhancing the reproducibility of characters illustrations and photos with print proofing However this takes more time than regular printing Office Document Prin...

Page 546: ...t priority selections Printing time is longer and more ink is consumed with High than with Fast however print quality is higher Printing time is shorter and less ink is consumed with Fast than with High however print quality is lower For Highest quality the resolution is not displayed Output Settings Panel This panel appears when you select Output Settings in the dialog area Enlarged Reduced Print...

Page 547: ... margins on all sides when the roll paper with the specific width and the specific media type is used For more information about Borderless Printing see Print with No Borders P 542 Note Available only if rolls are selected in Paper Source This is not displayed when a checkmark is placed in Print Centered Paper Size You can select the size of the print media Note This is not displayed when Fit Roll...

Page 548: ...ll paper the page is rotated automatically and when it can not fit in the width of roll paper the page is not rotated Rotate 180 degrees Allows you to rotate the image 180 degrees from the vertical to the right Restore Defaults Button Click the button to reset to the setting when starting Preview Print Button Click the button to begin printing Update Printer Info Button Click the button to acquire...

Page 549: ... can set the color adjustment and matching Color Adjustment P 531 Gray Adjustment P 534 Matching P 535 Note You can select Gray Adjustment only after Monochrome Photo has been selected in Color Mode Matching is not displayed if No color correction has been selected in Color Mode Restore Defaults Button Click the button to reset to the setting when starting Preview Print Button Click the button to ...

Page 550: ...oto before scanning and graphics created on the display or when you want to print in different degrees of brightness use this feature Contrast Adjusts the relative brightness between the brightest and darkest portions of the im age For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast Saturation Adjusts the hues for vivid color or dark color Gray Adjustment Adjusts gray...

Page 551: ...en the results of the printout are brighter than the original images such as the original photo before scanning and graphics created on the display or when you want to print in different degrees of brightness use this feature Contrast Adjusts the relative brightness between the brightest and darkest portions of the im age For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the con...

Page 552: ...stment 3 Click the Color Balance list and select the color settings Setting Details Cool Black Adjusts cool black blue tones to gray Pure Neutral Black Adjusts to neutral gray Warm Black Adjusts warm black red tones to gray Note To perform the adjustments drag the X or Y slide bar left and right You can also click the up or down arrow or enter the number directly to increase or decrease the value ...

Page 553: ...ween the brightest and darkest portions of the im age For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast Highlight Adjusts the brightness of the brightest areas Shadow Adjusts the brightness of the darkest areas Note You can also click the up or down arrow or enter the number directly to increase or decrease the value The availability of settings depends on the selec...

Page 554: ...u to use ICC profiles for digital cameras and scanners ICC profiles created using the profile creation tool etc ColorSync P 540 Enables color matching by using the ColorSync function of Mac OS Select this if you want to perform soft proofing using ColorSync before printing Note You need to set each correction on the printer driver Using Mac OS X 10 5 or later ColorSync needs to be selected in the ...

Page 555: ...ter profile Note Using Mac OS X 10 4 You can select only after ICC Matching Mode or ColorSync has been selected in Matching Mode Using Mac OS X 10 5 or later You can select only after ICC Matching Mode has been selected in Matching Mode Soft Proof When you place a checkmark here ColorSync applies to the preview area Note You can select only after ColorSync has been selected in Matching Mode Mac OS...

Page 556: ...ware Saturation Color matching optimized for printing posters etc vividly Colorimetric Color matching optimized for printing image data with accurate colors in input color space This is the easiest to use mode when you want to adjust the color and print However gradation may be lost for colors of wider range than the color reproduction range of the printer Generally this is also called relative co...

Page 557: ...imized for printing posters etc vividly Colorimetric Color matching optimized for printing image data with accurate colors in input color space This is the easiest to use mode when you want to adjust the color and print However gradation may be lost for colors of wider range than the color reproduction range of the printer Generally this is also called relative colorimetric Colorimetric No White P...

Page 558: ...ync 1 Check that ColorSync is selected in Matching Mode 2 To apply ColorSync to previews check the Soft Proof check box Preferences Dialog Box This dialog box appears when you select Preferences from the imagePROGRAF Advanced Preview menu You can set the preferences for Preview Mac OS X Software Preview ColorSync iPF6300S 4 540 ...

Page 559: ...ay Note You can input between 10 and 400 You can change the numbers by clicking button Go to Page Dialog Box This dialog box appears when you select Go to Page from the View menu Note You can not select Go to Page if the document is only one page Page Input the page number in numerical characters to display in the preview area Note You can change the numbers in the range of the page of the documen...

Page 560: ... Paper Settings Panel P 523 select Roll Paper in Paper Source 2 On the Output Settings panel click the Enlarged Reduced Printing check box on 3 Select Fit Roll Paper Width 4 Click the Borderless Printing check box on 5 Click the Print button Borderless printing begins Print on the Center You can print on the center of the media loaded in the printer Note This is not displayed when a checkmark is p...

Page 561: ... Bottom You can save paper on not to feed roll paper for the empty spaces when the print data contains spaces at the top or bottom Note This is not displayed when a checkmark is placed in Borderless Printing 1 On the Paper Settings Panel P 523 select Roll Paper in Paper Source Mac OS X Software Preview iPF6300S Not Print Spaces at the Top Bottom 4 543 ...

Page 562: ...o spaces at top or bottom begins Print Page Rotated 90 Degrees You can save paper by printing in landscape orientation on roll paper 1 On the Paper Settings Panel P 523 select Roll Paper in Paper Source 2 On the Output Settings panel click the Rotate Page check box on Mac OS X Software Preview Print Page Rotated 90 Degrees iPF6300S 4 544 ...

Page 563: ... Printing on rotating 90 degrees begins Display with Fitting to the Width of the Paper In the preview area you can display to the width of the paper 1 Select Fit Roll Paper Width from the tool bar Mac OS X Software Preview iPF6300S Display with Fitting to the Width of the Paper 4 545 ...

Page 564: ...o the width of the paper it is displayed Display with All In the preview area you can display all 1 Select Fit Screen from the tool bar 2 All is displayed Mac OS X Software Preview Display with All iPF6300S 4 546 ...

Page 565: ...bar 2 Actual size is displayed Moving a Page You can move a page to display in the preview area 1 Select each button in Go to Page on the tool bar Setting Details Go to the first page Go to the previous page Go to the next page Go to the last page Mac OS X Software Preview iPF6300S Display with Actual Size 4 547 ...

Page 566: ...2 The target page appears Note You can also move a page by clicking the page on the thumbnails Mac OS X Software Preview Moving a Page iPF6300S 4 548 ...

Page 567: ...utomatically 578 Aligning Objects 578 Changing the Object Overlapping Order 580 Pasting a Copied or Cut Object 582 The Features of Free Layout The main features of Free Layout are as follows Allows you to lay out at will and print a document created with application software You can not only lay out multiple pages on one page but also lay out and print a multiple file document on one page or lay o...

Page 568: ...ftware s File menu select the printer setup menu to open the Print dialog box Note Normally select Print from the File menu 3 Click on Free Layout in the Page Setup panel to attach a checkmark 4 Click the Print button in the Print dialog box Note Your printer is depicted in the lower left area of this screen Mac OS X Software Free Layout Starting Free Layout iPF6300S 4 550 ...

Page 569: ...Free Layout Main Window The Free Layout main window consists of the menu and tool bars layout area and dialog areas Note You can use the View menu to show or hide the tool Mac OS X Software Free Layout iPF6300S Free Layout Main Window 4 551 ...

Page 570: ...d for operations Tool Bar This allows you to select tool buttons required for major operations Layout Area This allows you to lay out objects and edit the object size and orientation Mac OS X Software Free Layout Free Layout Main Window iPF6300S 4 552 ...

Page 571: ... Dialog Area This allows you to set the print conditions and perform a print job Mac OS X Software Free Layout iPF6300S Free Layout Main Window 4 553 ...

Page 572: ...ceive the desired print results Easy Settings Advanced Settings Two modes are available to provide the optimum print settings for jobs The settings available on each mode are as follows Easy Settings P 556 Advanced Settings P 558 Paper Source You can select the paper source The following settings are available for paper source Setting Details Roll Paper Select to print on roll paper Manual Select ...

Page 573: ...ts the width of the roll media set to the printer Note Available only if rolls are selected in Paper Source Copies You can input the number of print copies in numerical characters Note The maximum value is 999 You can change the numbers by clicking either button or button Restore Defaults Button Click the button to reset to the setting when starting Free Layout Print Button Click the button to beg...

Page 574: ... camera Photo Monochrome Suitable for optimized printing of monochrome photos Poster The best setting for posters Prints using vivid and high impact colors Faithful Color Reproduction Prints by faithfully reproducing the colors of the original image Photo Adobe RGB Achieves the best color when printing an image created with the Adobe RGB color space feature CAD Color Line Drawing Prints the fine l...

Page 575: ...ings are displayed in the following combinations Setting Details Print Quality Highest quality High Standard Fast Resolution 600dpi 300dpi Note The availability of settings is determined by the media type and print priority selections Printing time is longer and more ink is consumed with High than with Fast however print quality is higher Printing time is shorter and less ink is consumed with Fast...

Page 576: ...sheet or other documents that contain large amounts of text However you may not achieve the quality you expect with printing photographs or other images with many filled areas For these types of jobs select Image Proof This is a setting for enhancing the reproducibility of characters illustrations and photos with print proofing However this takes more time than regular printing Office Document Pri...

Page 577: ...is determined by the media type and print priority selections Printing time is longer and more ink is consumed with High than with Fast however print quality is higher Printing time is shorter and less ink is consumed with Fast than with High however print quality is lower For Highest quality the resolution is not displayed Color Settings Panel This panel appears when you select Color Settings in ...

Page 578: ... set the color adjustment and matching Color Adjustment P 560 Gray Adjustment P 563 Matching P 564 Note You can select Gray Adjustment only after Monochrome Photo has been selected in Color Mode Matching is not displayed if No color correction has been selected in Color Mode Restore Defaults Button Click the button to reset to the setting when starting Free Layout Print Button Click the button to ...

Page 579: ...hoto before scanning and graphics created on the display or when you want to print in different degrees of brightness use this feature Contrast Adjusts the relative brightness between the brightest and darkest portions of the im age For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast Saturation Adjusts the hues for vivid color or dark color Gray Tone Adjusts gray from...

Page 580: ... the results of the printout are brighter than the original images such as the original photo before scanning and graphics created on the display or when you want to print in different degrees of brightness use this feature Contrast Adjusts the relative brightness between the brightest and darkest portions of the im age For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contr...

Page 581: ...ment 3 Click the Color Balance list and select the color settings Setting Details Cool Black Adjusts cool black blue tones to gray Pure Neutral Black Adjusts to neutral gray Warm Black Adjusts warm black red tones to gray Note To perform the adjustments drag the X or Y slide bar left and right You can also click the up or down arrow or enter the number directly to increase or decrease the value by...

Page 582: ...en the brightest and darkest portions of the im age For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast Highlight Adjusts the brightness of the brightest areas Shadow Adjusts the brightness of the darkest areas Note You can also click the up or down arrow or enter the number directly to increase or decrease the value The availability of settings depends on the selecte...

Page 583: ...to use ICC profiles for digital cameras and scanners ICC profiles created using the profile creation tool etc ColorSync P 569 Enables color matching by using the ColorSync function of Mac OS Select this if you want to perform soft proofing using ColorSync before printing Note You need to set each correction on the printer driver Using Mac OS X 10 5 or later ColorSync needs to be selected in the Co...

Page 584: ...r profile Note Using Mac OS X 10 4 You can select only after ICC Matching Mode or ColorSync has been selected in Matching Mode Using Mac OS X 10 5 or later You can select only after ICC Matching Mode has been selected in Matching Mode Soft Proof When you place a checkmark here ColorSync applies to the layout area Note You can select only after ColorSync has been selected in Matching Mode Mac OS X ...

Page 585: ...re Saturation Color matching optimized for printing posters etc vividly Colorimetric Color matching optimized for printing image data with accurate colors in input color space This is the easiest to use mode when you want to adjust the color and print However gradation may be lost for colors of wider range than the color reproduction range of the printer Generally this is also called relative colo...

Page 586: ...ized for printing posters etc vividly Colorimetric Color matching optimized for printing image data with accurate colors in input color space This is the easiest to use mode when you want to adjust the color and print However gradation may be lost for colors of wider range than the color reproduction range of the printer Generally this is also called relative colorimetric Colorimetric No White Poi...

Page 587: ... 4 Click the Printer Profile list and select a printer profile ColorSync 1 Check that ColorSync is selected in Matching Mode 2 Place a checkmark on Soft Proof to simulate the output product in Layout Area Mac OS X Software Free Layout iPF6300S ColorSync 4 569 ...

Page 588: ... 0 and 200 0 mm between 0 39 and 7 87 inch You can change the numbers by clicking either button or button Divisions You can change the number of divisions of grid lines so that they serve as a guide to laying out objects Note You can input between 1 and 10 You can change the numbers by clicking either button or button Grid Color Select the grid line color Print Object Frames You can print the obje...

Page 589: ...m between 0 00 and 3 94 inch You can change the numbers by clicking either button or button Page Setup Dialog Box This dialog box appears when you select Page Setup from the File menu This dialog box provides selections for setting the media size orientation and other important features Paper Orientation This selects the paper orientation The following settings are available for orientation Settin...

Page 590: ... Left to Bottom The objects are laid out from upper left to bottom Note When you have selected Roll Paper Length Auto Settings and Paper Orientation Vertical you can choose only Upper Left to Right When you have selected Roll Paper Length Auto Settings and Paper Orientation Horizontal you can choose only Upper Left to Bottom Paper Size You can select the size of the print media Note You cannot dis...

Page 591: ...ates the object 90 degrees clockwise Rotate Left Rotates the object 90 degrees counterclockwise Note When several objects are selected you cannot select Rotate Scaling You can input the value for enlargement or reduction of the obeject in numerical characters Note You can input between 25 and 400 You can change the numbers by clicking either button or button Object Size You can confirm the object ...

Page 592: ...nd repeat the above steps Laying out a Document Created with Multiple Application Programs on One Page You can lay out and print a document created with multiple application programs on one page 1 From the application software s File menu select the printer setup menu to open the Print dialog box Note Normally select Print from the File menu 2 Click on Free Layout in the Page Setup panel to attach...

Page 593: ...ary objects click them while holding down the command key To select all objects select Select All from the Edit menu Changing the Object Size You can change the object size by means of mouse operation or by specifying a scaling value Note The vertical to horizontal ratio remains unchanged when the object is enlarged or reduced Resizing by means of mouse operation 1 Select an object Mac OS X Softwa...

Page 594: ...bject 2 Open the Format Dialog Box P 573 3 Use Scaling to set the magnification for enlargement or reduction You either enter numbers directly Note You can input between 25 and 400 You can change the numbers by clicking either button or button 4 Click the OK button Moving an Object You can move the object position 1 Select an object Mac OS X Software Free Layout Moving an Object iPF6300S 4 576 ...

Page 595: ...e object 1 Select an object 2 Select Rotate Left or Rotate Right from the toolbar Alternatively you may click on the Rotate check box in the Format Dialog Box P 573 then select Rotate Right or Rotate Left and click the OK button Note When several objects are selected you cannot select Rotate Mac OS X Software Free Layout iPF6300S Rotating an Object 4 577 ...

Page 596: ...t menu Note The object layout order varies depending on the Order setting on the Page Setup Dialog Box P 571 Aligning Objects You can align objects systematically 1 Select multiple objects 2 Select the align menu from the Object menu Align Top Lays out the objects justifying them to the top Mac OS X Software Free Layout Laying out Objects Automatically iPF6300S 4 578 ...

Page 597: ...objects justifying them to the vertical center Align Bottom Lays out the objects justifying them to the bottom Align Left Lays out the objects justifying them to the left Mac OS X Software Free Layout iPF6300S Aligning Objects 4 579 ...

Page 598: ...ht Lays out the objects justifying them to the right Changing the Object Overlapping Order You can change the object overlapping order 1 Select an object 2 Select the overlapping order menu from the Object menu Mac OS X Software Free Layout Changing the Object Overlapping Order iPF6300S 4 580 ...

Page 599: ...object to the frontmost position Send to Back Moves the object to the backmost position Bring Forward Moves the object one position to the front Mac OS X Software Free Layout iPF6300S Changing the Object Overlapping Order 4 581 ...

Page 600: ...ut from the toolbar Alternatively you may select Copy or Cut from the Edit menu 2 Click Paste from the toolbar Alternatively you may select Paste from the Edit menu Note The copied or cut object is laid out at the end of the page Mac OS X Software Free Layout Pasting a Copied or Cut Object iPF6300S 4 582 ...

Page 601: ...r imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy are as follows Allows the document scanned with the Color imageRUNNER to be automatically enlarged and printed You can perform basic printer settings such as printer selection media type and output profile selection and matching methods in addition to borderless printing and enlargement reduction process without growing through the printer driver Note The media type ...

Page 602: ... start the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 1 Open the Utility panel of the Print dialog box Note Your printer is depicted in the lower left area of this screen Mac OS X Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Starting Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iPF6300S 4 584 ...

Page 603: ...app icon in Applications Canon Utilities iR Enlargement Copy Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Dialog Box The explanation below is on the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box Note For the step to open the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box see Starting Color image RUNNER Enlargement Copy P 584 Mac OS X Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iPF6300S Color imageRUNNER Enla...

Page 604: ...m the Hot Folder list select a hot folder and click this button to open the Add Edit Hot Folder dialog box that allows you to edit the hot folder Monitor Hot Folder Constantly If you click on the check box the icon of Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility will appear on the Dock when starting OS X thereafter Hot Folder Hot folder refers to a folder used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy ...

Page 605: ...gement Copy dialog box see Starting Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy P 584 2 Click the Add button in Enlarged Copy Settings to open the Destination Selection dialog box 3 From the printer list in Destination select the printer of destination Mac OS X Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iPF6300S Creating a New Hot Folder 4 587 ...

Page 606: ...e name to display in the Hot Folder list 6 In Hot Folder enter the Hot Folder name 7 Click the OK button The created Hot Folder is listed in the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box Mac OS X Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Creating a New Hot Folder iPF6300S 4 588 ...

Page 607: ...d folders using FTP and Share files and folders using SMB to make shared settings Note You can create up to 10 hot folders Editing a Hot Folder Setting Print Conditions 1 Open the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box 2 Select the Hot Folder from the Hot Folder list 3 From Enlarged Copy Settings click Edit button to open the Add Edit Hot Folder dialog box Mac OS X Software Color imageRUNNE...

Page 608: ...4 Make the necessary settings in the Paper Settings Panel P 594 Mac OS X Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Editing a Hot Folder Setting Print Conditions iPF6300S 4 590 ...

Page 609: ...5 Make the necessary settings in the Output Settings Panel P 599 Mac OS X Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iPF6300S Editing a Hot Folder Setting Print Conditions 4 591 ...

Page 610: ...he check box labeled File Sharing and click the Options button 10 Select the check box labeled Share files and folders using FTP and Share files and folders using SMB to make shared settings Note If you ve made shared settings when you created a new Hot Folder you do not need to execute steps 8 to 10 Mac OS X Software Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Editing a Hot Folder Setting Print Conditions...

Page 611: ...ssag e and then click the OK button Note Select Delete files in the folder to delete only files in the hot folder Setting the Print Parameters You can set the print conditions in the setting panels within the Add Edit Hot Folder dialog box The settings available on each panel are as follows Paper Settings Panel P 594 Output Settings Panel P 599 Color Settings Panel P 601 Mac OS X Software Color im...

Page 612: ...ter When the media you chose is different from the media set in the printer you may not receive the desired print results Paper Source You can select the paper source The following settings are available for paper source Setting Details Manual Select for manual paper feed printing Manual 3mm margins Select for manual paper feed printing when you want to minimize the margin at the far end edge of p...

Page 613: ...ngs are available for automatic cutting Setting Details Printer Default The value set on the printer operation panel takes priority None Each page is not cut after it is printed and printing continues without interruption Print Cut Guideline A print cut guideline is printed after each page and printing continues without inter ruption Note Available only if rolls are selected in Paper Source Copies...

Page 614: ... monochrome photos Poster The best setting for posters Prints using vivid and high impact colors Faithful Color Reproduction Prints by faithfully reproducing the colors of the original image Photo Adobe RGB Achieves the best color when printing an image created with the Adobe RGB color space feature CAD Color Line Drawing Prints the fine lines of CAD drawings and other such documents sharp and cle...

Page 615: ... 300dpi Note The availability of settings is determined by the media type and print priority selections Printing time is longer and more ink is consumed with High than with Fast however print quality is higher Printing time is shorter and less ink is consumed with Fast than with High however print quality is lower Advanced Settings Presents detailed settings for the print priority the print qualit...

Page 616: ...cument Prints common office documents such as proposals memos for distribution etc so they are easy to read Note The number of settings available for selection depends on the media type Print Quality Selecting print quality strikes a balance between the quality of the printed image and printing speed The level of the print quality and resolution settings are displayed in the following combinations...

Page 617: ...n the Paper Settings panel Displayed only if rolls are selected in Paper Source Scaling Enlarges reduces the whole page by the scaling rate as specified Input the scaling value in numerical characters You can specify a range between 5 and 600 You can change the numbers by clicking either button or button Although Scaling can be set to make the image larger than the media size the part that does no...

Page 618: ...Paper Source Rotate Page Select the method for rotating page The following settings are available for rotating page Setting Details Rotate Right 90 Degrees Rotates the portrait page right 90 degrees and print in landscape orientation When the rotated page can fit in the width of roll paper the page is rotated automatically and when it can not fit in the width of roll paper the page is not rotated ...

Page 619: ...d media type selections Matching Mode Under Matching Mode select the matching mode Setting Details Driver Matching Mode P 602 Enables printing of optimal color tones using a driver specific color profile You should normally select this mode ICC Matching Mode P 603 Enables color matching using ICC profiles Select this if you want to print by speci fying the input profile printer profile and matchin...

Page 620: ...ch Image Graphics Text Perceptual Color matching optimized for printing typical photos attractively Smooth gradation is a feature This is also an easy to use mode when performing color adjustment us ing application software Saturation Color matching optimized for printing posters etc vividly Colorimetric Color matching optimized for printing image data with accurate colors in input color space Thi...

Page 621: ...hen you want to adjust the color and print However gradation may be lost for colors of wider range than the color reproduction range of the printer Generally this is also called relative colorimetric Colorimetric No White Point Correction The processing method of color matching is identical to Colorimetric Use this when you want to further reproduce the target paper material color of the image dat...

Page 622: ...rinted automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy first complete these settings in the following order 1 Register a hot folder on your computer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Col...

Page 623: ... NER Enlargement Copy app icon after navigating to Canon Utilities iR Enlargement Copy in the Applica tions folder or click Set in the Utility pane Note Your printer is depicted in the lower left area of this screen 2 In Enlarged Copy Settings click Add or Edit and either create or modify the hot folder For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders refer to the help file for Color imag...

Page 624: ...ment feeder of the Color imageRUNNER 2 Press Send to display the screen for transmission 3 Press Favorites and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder 4 Press Start on the control panel If you scan originals on the platen glass after scanning all originals press Done on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed fo...

Page 625: ...t 641 Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Color 642 Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Monochrome 643 Adjust the Colors by Color Matching 647 Print High Quality Adobe RGB16bit Images 648 Prints monochrome photographs with high quality 650 Using Adobe CMM 650 Perform Black Point Compensation 652 Perform Printing Press Simulation Print 653 Enlarge Reduce and Print 654 Enla...

Page 626: ...pe image size detailed media settings and the printer settings can cause the actual print output to differ from the Print Plug In settings the arrangement of the image in the layout preview the print start position and the media size Loss of gradation in dark areas can be reduced by performing black point compensation Note Adobe CMM is required in order to use the black point compensation function...

Page 627: ...OM into the CD ROM drive to start the installer 2 Click on the iPFxxxx PlugIn InstallerX icon in the Plug in folder in the User Software CD ROM Note The iPFxxxx icon is the name of the printer you are using 3 Input the Administrator name and password and click the OK button Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Installation Procedures 4 609 ...

Page 628: ...nt click the Continue button 5 Click the Agree button 6 Select Custom Install to put a checkmark on your Print Plug In then click the Install button Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Installation Procedures iPF6300S 4 610 ...

Page 629: ...Uninstall Print Plug In for Photoshop 1 Close Photoshop 2 In Finder display the Print Plugin for iPFxxxx folder 3 Delete the Print Plugin for iPFxxxx folder Note iPFxxxx is the name of your printer Uninstall Print Plug In for Digital Photo Professional 1 Perform the installation procedures 1 through 5 Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Uninstall Proce...

Page 630: ...t Uninstall 3 Click the Uninstall button 4 To quit another application click on the Continue button Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Uninstall Procedures iPF6300S 4 612 ...

Page 631: ... If required select the print range Note Images for use with Print Plug In are less than 60 000 pixels in width and height Reduce the selec tion range or reduce the image with processing for images more than 60 000 pixels in width and height and then attempt step 3 Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Starting from Photoshop 4 613 ...

Page 632: ...Photoshop When Photoshop is running in multiple windows the plug in may not start If the message below is displayed but the Print Plug In window is not displayed convert the color space of the image to either RGB color grayscale or CMYK color and then attempt step 3 Set the color space of the image to either RGB color grayscale or CMYK color Starting from Digital Photo Professional Follow the proc...

Page 633: ...or Digital Photo Professional window hereinafter referred to as the Print Plug In window is displayed Print Plug In Main Window The Print Plug In main window consists of the sheet selection area and the preview and button area Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Print Plug In Main Window 4 615 ...

Page 634: ...are as follows Main Sheet P 619 Page Setup Sheet P 622 Color Settings Sheet P 625 Print History Sheet P 626 Support Sheet P 628 Preview Area You can check the settings you made on the image in this area About the settings available on the preview area see Preview Area P 617 Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Print Plug In Main Window iPF6300S 4 616 ...

Page 635: ...ck this button to close the Print Plug In window and return to application software Button Click this button to display the Print Plug In Help file Preview Area You can check the settings you made on the image in this area Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Preview Area 4 617 ...

Page 636: ...ected range Note When you select Preview in the Image then select a portion of the image on the preview display this becomes valid Perform Proof in Preview Place a checkmark here to simulate the colors of the output product in the preview Note If Auto Color is selected under Output Profile some media types are enabled If ICC profile is selected under Output Profile this is always enabled The actua...

Page 637: ... after selecting the printer in the Select Printer dialog box you can change the printer that corresponds with Print Plug In Media Type This allows you to select the media type For more information about Media Type see Customize Media Settings P 659 Note Always select media type that is actually set in the printer When the media you chose is different from the media set in the printer you may not ...

Page 638: ... Input Res olution to Plug in Print Mode Selecting the printing mode strikes the balance between the quality of the printed image and printing speed The following settings are available for the print mode Setting Details Highest A setting for printing at the highest resolution when quality is most important Print ing takes longer and consumes more ink than in other modes but this mode offers super...

Page 639: ...ion Print P 653 for details on printing press simulation prints Matching Method You can select the processing method when performing color conversion The following settings are available for the matching method Setting Details Perceptual This converts the image to an image with natural color balance and gradation This is useful for pictures Saturation This converts the image to an image with heigh...

Page 640: ...s sheet to set the size of the image to be printed the media size and whether to enlarge reduce the image Input Image Size The size of the image imported to Print Plug In is displayed Borderless Printing When you place a checkmark here the Specify Roll Paper Width dialog box is displayed and you can print an image without borders For more information about Borderless Printing see Print with No Bor...

Page 641: ...displayed when a checkmark is placed in Borderless Printing Output Image Size The output image size is displayed up to one place after the decimal point in millimeters Note When Paper Size is smaller than Output Image Size part of the image may not print Paper Size You can select the size of the print media Note This is not displayed when a checkmark is placed in Borderless Printing This is not di...

Page 642: ...ut Paper Source You can select the media source The following settings are available for media source Setting Details Manual Select for manual paper feed printing Manual 3mm margins Select for manual paper feed printing when you want to minimize the margin at the far end edge of paper Roll Paper Select to print on roll paper Note When you select Manual 3mm margins for Paper Source the far end edge...

Page 643: ...can adjust gray tone from cool black cool tones to warm black red tones by either inputting a numerical value or dragging the slide bar Note You can check the adjustments in the preview display Brightness You can adjust the brightness of the printed image without losing the brightest and darkest areas by either inputting a numerical value or dragging the slide bar Note You can check the adjustment...

Page 644: ...g Box P 635 Defaults button Click the button to return all of the settings on the Color Settings sheet to their defaults Print History Sheet You can use this sheet to apply settings history used in printing and to print information such as the image file name with the image Print History and Favorites This displays a list of print preferences Select Restore Defaults and click the Apply button to r...

Page 645: ... Print Position Selects the information print position Top Header Information is printed on the top of the image Bottom Footer Information is printed on the bottom of the image Print History Number Place a checkmark here to print the print history number File Name Place a checkmark here to print the file name Printed at Place a checkmark here to print the time and date Color Adjustment Value Place...

Page 646: ...websites User Manual button Click the button to display the printer manuals installed on the computer Note You must have User Manual installed on your computer About button Click the button to open the version information window of the Print Plug In Click the OK button in the version infor mation window to return to the Print Plug In window Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Pho...

Page 647: ...in 30min 60min The sheet is ejected when the specified time after printing has elapsed Between Scans This sets the wait time between line scans during printing Setting Details Printer Default The settings of the printer operating panel are applied None The printing continues to the next line immediately after the last line 1sec 3sec 5sec 7sec 9sec The printing continues to the next line after the ...

Page 648: ...his setting to choose whether or not to use the results Setting Details Printer Default The settings of the printer operating panel are applied Use Value The calibration results are used for printing Disregard Value The calibration results are not used for printing Select this option to avoid changes to image color tones during printing due to color calibration Mirror Specify whether to print a mi...

Page 649: ... simple enlargement Bilinear Performs line vector enlargement Bicubic Adjust pixels with calculation of elements such as a color or brightness of neighbor ing pixels Perform printing in the background When you place a checkmark here the plug in performs printing with the Plug In in the background Close Plug in After Printing When you place a checkmark here the plug in closes after printing finishe...

Page 650: ...ox This is displayed when an ICC profile is selected in the Output Profile list in the Main sheet and the ICC Conversion Options button is clicked This allows you to configure detailed color matching related settings Conversion Engine Selects the conversion engine to use when converting colors Note Adobe CMM needs to be installed in order to use Adobe CMM Refer to Using Adobe CMM P 650 for details...

Page 651: ...tomatically or print a guideline for cutting The following settings are available for automatic cutting Setting Details Available Each page is automatically cut after it is printed None Each page is not cut after it is printed and printing continues without interruption Print Cut Guideline A print cut guideline is printed after each page and printing continues without inter ruption No Spaces at To...

Page 652: ... enter any name up to 63 characters Units You can select the units of measure to use when you define custom media size Switching this setting resets the units of measure for the entire Plug In Paper Size Width Enter the width of the media size Height Enter the height of the media size Add button Click the button to register the contents of the settings Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop...

Page 653: ... Note Gray is displayed for monochrome printing and this selection cannot be changed Input Enter an input value Note The allowed entry range is 0 to 255 You can change the numbers by clicking either button or button Output Enter an output value Note The allowed entry range is 0 to 255 Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Curves Dialog Box 4 635 ...

Page 654: ... Print History Number Displays the print history number File Name Displays image file name Printed at Displays time and date of printing Comment Displays comment details Note Up to 200 print history items can be displayed All items above 200 are deleted When you cannot print properly because you canceled the printing or an error occurred appears to the left of the print history number Delete butto...

Page 655: ...e print history settings selected from the Print History or Favorites Setting Details Main When you select this the Main sheet settings are displayed Page Setup When you select this the Page Setup sheet settings are displayed Color Settings When you select this the Color Settings sheet settings are displayed Utilize Three Types of Previews You can use Print Plug In to check an image in three types...

Page 656: ...isplayed as on the preview you can specify the print position by dragging the image When the cursor is displayed as on the preview the below conditions on the Page Setup sheet have all been met There is no checkmark in Borderless Printing There is no checkmark in Enlarged Reduced Printing or Scaling has been selected Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Check Im...

Page 657: ...ass while there is an Image in the Preview area the Selected Range feature is enabled and you an drag the cursor on the image and select an area for printing When you click the image while the cursor is displayed as on the preview the selected area is deselec ted Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Check the original image with Image 4 639 ...

Page 658: ... Select Roll Paper Preview in Preview Note To select Roll Paper Preview in Preview select Roll Paper in Paper Source Print with a Desired Picture Quality You can specify and print at the resolution you desire 1 Display the Main sheet Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Check Image with Roll Paper Preview iPF6300S 4 640 ...

Page 659: ... in Input Bit to Plug in Note When you select High Gradation 8bit images are processed at 8 bit channel 24 bit When you select Highest Gradation 16bit images are processed at 16bit channel 48 bit Highest Gradation 16bit will not display with some Media Type or Input Resolution to Plug in settings 5 Select the mode to be printed when processing images in Print Mode Note The settings that can be sel...

Page 660: ...Yellow Low for Saturation Warm Black for Gray Tone Enhance brightness for the curves The above image adjustments are reflected in the before and after images below Before Application After Application 1 Display the Color Settings sheet 2 Drag the slide bar in the direction of Low in Cyan Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Adjust the Colors while Checking the P...

Page 661: ...the center of the curve 7 Enter 120 in Input and 135 in Output then click the OK button 8 Click the Print button The adjustments are reflected in the image and printing begins Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Monochrome You can adjust the colors while checking the adjustments in the preview The following explanation is about the procedures for adjusting example image below Low for ...

Page 662: ...mages of the above image adjustments are as below Before Application After Application 1 Open the Main sheet 2 Select Auto Monochrome Photo in Output Profile Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Monochrome iPF6300S 4 644 ...

Page 663: ...oward Light Note You can change the numbers by inputting in numerical characters You can change the numbers by clicking either button or button 7 Click the Curves button then click near the center of the curve Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Monochrome 4 645 ...

Page 664: ...ck the OK button 9 Click the Print button This applies the image adjustments and starts the print job Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Adjust the Colors while Checking the Preview for Monochrome iPF6300S 4 646 ...

Page 665: ...et 2 Select the profile in Output Profile Note When you place a checkmark in Perform Proof in Preview you can check the color matching in the preview This may not be displayed depending on how you set Media Type The details of Output Profile you have set is saved even when you close the Print Plug In but when the specified profile cannot be located it is set to Auto Color If an ICC profile is sele...

Page 666: ...shop without compromising the level of tone in the image 1 Select the Adobe RGB16bit image data in Photoshop and start Print Plug In See Starting from Photoshop P 613 2 Click button 3 Check that Adobe RGB is displayed in Color Space and 16bit channel is displayed in Bit in the Image Properties dialog box and click the Close button Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Profess...

Page 667: ...y possible in Print Mode 8 If required adjust the colors using color matching Note For more information about the color matching see Adjust the Colors by Color Matching P 647 9 Click the Print button Printing of the Adobe RGB16bit image begins Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Print High Quality Adobe RGB16bit Images 4 649 ...

Page 668: ... Print button Performs conversion to the most suitable monochrome and printing begins Using Adobe CMM Adobe CMM is a color conversion engine made by Adobe Using Adobe CMM makes it possible to obtain uniform color conversion results and to use the black point compensation function Important Use version 1 1 or higher of Adobe CMM How to Obtain Adobe CMM Adobe CMM can be obtained using the following ...

Page 669: ...r Adobe CMM are as follows Supported OS Mac OS X 10 4 8 or later Supported CPU PowerPC G4 or G5 Intel Core Duo Intel Core 2 Duo Intel Xeon processor Note Check with Adobe for details How to Use Adobe CMM The procedure for using Adobe CMM is as follows 1 Display the Main sheet 2 Select one of the ICC profiles as the Output Profile 3 Click the ICC Conversion Options button Mac OS X Software Print Pl...

Page 670: ...n order to make the black point compensation settings effective close down and restart Photoshop or Digital Photo Professional Adobe CMM needs to be installed in order to use black point compensation Refer to Using Adobe CMM P 650 for details on how to install Adobe CMM 1 Display the Main sheet 2 Select one of the ICC profiles as the Output Profile 3 Click the ICC Conversion Options button to open...

Page 671: ... prints by specifying ICC profiles such as Japan Color or SWOP and specifying an ICC profile for the printing press 1 Display the Main sheet 2 Select one of the ICC profiles as the Output Profile 3 Check the Proof check box and select the profile for the printing press you want to target from the list on the right Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Pe...

Page 672: ...r P 656 Specify Scaling Enlarge Reduce and Print P 657 Enlarge Reduce and Print Matching Output Media Size By specifying the media type loaded in the printer the image can be enlarged or reduced to fit the size of the image area of the media This feature is useful when you need to print on the full width of Media that you have selected Note When you need to print on the full width of roll media se...

Page 673: ...ntation Note When you select Portrait the image on the media prints as it appears on the screen When you select Landscape the image on the media prints rotated 90 degrees 4 Click the Enlarged Reduced Printing check box on Note This is not displayed when a checkmark is placed in Borderless Printing 5 Select Fit Paper Size 6 Click the Print button The image prints filling the entire output media sur...

Page 674: ...ormation about the Roll Paper Options dialog box see Roll Paper Options Dialog Box P 633 Click the Defaults button to return all of the roll paper option settings to their defaults 5 Select either Portrait or Landscape as the media orientation for the image in Orientation Note When you select Portrait the image on the media prints as it appears on the screen When you select Landscape the image on ...

Page 675: ...n a checkmark is placed in Borderless Printing Fit Roll Paper Widthis set in Enlarged Reduced Printing 3 Select either Portrait or Landscape as the media orientation for the image in Orientation Note When you select Portrait the image on the media prints as it appears on the screen When you select Landscape the image on the media prints rotated 90 degrees 4 Click the Enlarged Reduced Printing chec...

Page 676: ...ng rate Print with No Borders You can use the borderless printing function to print without margins surrounding the image Note With some media borderless printing can be performed only between two edges To use the borderless printing function the specified media must be set to the printer 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Roll Paper in Paper Source 3 Click the Borderless Printing check box o...

Page 677: ...elect media type that is actually set in the printer When the media you chose is different from the media set in the printer you may not receive the desired print results 3 Click the Advanced Settings button 4 Perform the settings in the Paper Detailed Settings Dialog Box P 629 and click the OK button Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Customize Media...

Page 678: ...o an Image P 661 Store Print History to Print Preferences P 662 Delete Print History P 664 Export Print History from Print Preferences P 666 Import Print History to Print Preferences P 667 Delete Print History from Print Preferences P 669 Set Information to Print with Image P 671 Confirm Print History Details You can confirm the print history details 1 Display Print History sheet 2 Click the Detai...

Page 679: ...vious print history and apply it to an image 1 Display the Print History sheet 2 If required check the print history details See Confirm Print History Details P 660 3 Select the print history you wish to apply from Print History and Favorites and click the Apply button Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Apply Print History to an Image 4 661 ...

Page 680: ...e You can store up to 200 print history items to print preferences 1 Display the Print History sheet 2 Click the Details button 3 Select the print history you wish to store in print preferences from Print History in the Print History Details dialog box and check the print history details in Settings Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Store Print History to Pri...

Page 681: ...ory and click the button 5 In the Add Favorites dialog box input the name of the print history in Name input a comment in Comment and click the OK button Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Store Print History to Print Preferences 4 663 ...

Page 682: ...rint History You can delete print history Important Be aware that you cannot undo deletions of print history 1 Display the Print History sheet 2 Click the Details button Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Delete Print History iPF6300S 4 664 ...

Page 683: ... in the Print History Details dialog box and click the Delete button 4 Click the OK button 5 Click the OKbutton to close the Print History Details dialog box Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Delete Print History 4 665 ...

Page 684: ...splay the Print History sheet 2 Click the Details button 3 Select the print history you wish to export from Favorites in the Print History Details dialog box and click the Export button Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Export Print History from Print Preferences iPF6300S 4 666 ...

Page 685: ...he OK button to close the Print History Details dialog box Import Print History to Print Preferences You can import print history in file format and store it to print preferences 1 Display the Print History sheet 2 Click the Details button Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Import Print History to Print Preferences 4 667 ...

Page 686: ...story is imported Note The print history file name suffix is pjb pjb2 You cannot import a print history file exported from a different OS in Print Plug In You cannot import a print history file exported from a different printer in Print Plug In Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Import Print History to Print Preferences iPF6300S 4 668 ...

Page 687: ...can delete print history store to print preferences You cannot store more than 200 print history items in print preferen ces 1 Display the Print History sheet 2 Click the Details button Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional iPF6300S Delete Print History from Print Preferences 4 669 ...

Page 688: ...History Details dialog box and click the Delete button 4 Click the OK button 5 Click the OK button to close the Print History Details dialog box Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Delete Print History from Print Preferences iPF6300S 4 670 ...

Page 689: ...me media sizes enlargement rates and print position values When Keep Media Size is set to On on the printer a portion of bottom of the print data is not printed 1 Display the Print History sheet 2 Click the Print Information check box on 3 Select the position where you wish to print the information in Information Print Position 4 Click the information check box you wish to print on 5 When you wish...

Page 690: ...e Edit Comment dialog box and click OK button 7 Click the Print button Comments are printed with images Mac OS X Software Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional Set Information to Print with Image iPF6300S 4 672 ...

Page 691: ...ou can check the status of the hard disk and the documents saved on the hard disk Note If the status of the desired printer is not shown in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor select the printer again as follows 1 Make sure the printer is on and connected to the network or to a local port 2 In the Printer menu select the name of the desired printer After the printer is detected the printer status is shown 3...

Page 692: ...nting of a paused print job select the print job and click the button Note Once all the print data for a print job has been sent to the printer the job can no longer be paused re sumed Canceling Print Jobs Selecting a print job and clicking the button cancels printing of the selected job Note You cannot cancel other users print jobs Printing Held Jobs Printing of the job with a Status of Holding i...

Page 693: ...ce the paper in the printer with the correct paper Note To continue printing without changing the paper in the printer select the held job and click Continue to print button Mac OS X Software Printmonitor iPF6300S Job Management Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 4 675 ...

Page 694: ...inter control panel and in printer driver dialog boxes and rename them in addition to other functions You can add custom paper paper that is not Canon genuine paper or Canon feed confirmed paper to the printer con trol panel and printer driver Important Normally the Media Configuration Tool is installed and the media information is configured when you in stall the printer driver from the User Soft...

Page 695: ...river is installed from the User Software CD ROM the Media Configuration Tool is also in stalled and the media information is also configured Therefore the following procedure does not normally need to be performed To install the Media Configuration Tool without using the User Software CD ROM such as when you have downloaded a new version of the Media Configuration Tool from the Canon website use ...

Page 696: ...r is used Select a country or territory then click the OK button 4 The License is displayed After you have read Canon Software License Agreement click the Continue button 5 Click the Agree button Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool Procedures for Installing iPF6300S 4 678 ...

Page 697: ...click the Install button 7 Click the Continue button to quit another application 8 When the following message is displayed click the Quit button Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Procedures for Installing 4 679 ...

Page 698: ...figuration Tool The iPFxxxx in the folder above will be the printer name in use Procedures for Uninstalling 1 Double click the MCT Installer iPFxxxx for X icon to start the Media Configuration Tool installer Note The iPFxxxx in the icon will be the printer name in use 2 Input the administrator name and password and click the OK button Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool Procedures for Unins...

Page 699: ... is used Select a country or territory then click the OK button 4 The License is displayed After you have read Canon Software License Agreement click the Continue button 5 Click the Agree button Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Procedures for Uninstalling 4 681 ...

Page 700: ...6 Select Uninstall 7 Click the Uninstall button 8 Press the Continue button when another application is running Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool Procedures for Uninstalling iPF6300S 4 682 ...

Page 701: ... Media Configuration Tool Follow the procedure below to start the Media Configuration Tool From the Applications menu Canon Utilities iPFxxxx Media Configuration Tool MCTxxxx app Media Configuration Tool main window is displayed Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Starting the Media Configuration Tool 4 683 ...

Page 702: ...og box is displayed which allows you to add media informa tion files released by Canon to the printer control panel and printer driver You can also change names toggle between displaying and hiding and delete added media types You can also change the display order of Canon genuine paper and custom paper Refer to Editing Media Type Information P 685 for details on Add Genuine Paper Add Custom Paper...

Page 703: ... Adding Media Types P 686 Changing Media Names P 689 Deleting Media Types You Have Added P 691 Switching Media Types Display Show Hide P 693 Changing the Display Order of Media Types P 695 Important When you update the media type information perform the same update on all of the PCs that are using that printer Adding deleting toggling display non display and changing the paper name of a media type...

Page 704: ...rinting on the target printer while adding the media types Reinstalling Media Configuration Tool after registering a media information file may delete the registered media information file In this case first download and install latest Media Configuration Tool then down load and register the required media information file 1 Open the Edit Media Types dialog box and then click the Add button Mac OS...

Page 705: ...dialog box displays Click the Browse button 3 Select the folder that contains the media information files amf files and then click the Open button Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Adding Media Types 4 687 ...

Page 706: ...nt If Master Media Information File is displayed as the Type of the Media Information File the me dia type display order and media type display non display settings are initialized Reconfigure these after added the master media information file 5 Click OK when the confirmation message is displayed 6 In the Edit Media Types dialog box click the Update button Mac OS X Software Media Configuration To...

Page 707: ... Update Media Types wizard see Updating Media Types P 697 Important Be sure to click the Update button If you do not your changes will not be applied to the printer and printer driver Changing Media Names 1 Open the Edit Media Types dialog box Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Changing Media Names 4 689 ...

Page 708: ...n 3 The Rename Media dialog box is displayed Edit the names in Name in Printer Driver and Name on Control Panel and click the OK button Note To restore the original names click the Restore button Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool Changing Media Names iPF6300S 4 690 ...

Page 709: ...mation using the Update Media Types wizard see Updating Media Types P 697 Important Be sure to click the Update button If you do not your changes will not be applied to the printer and printer driver Deleting Media Types You Have Added 1 Open the Edit Media Types dialog box Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Deleting Media Types You Have Added 4 691 ...

Page 710: ...delete Click the Delete button Note Only paper for which Status in the Media Type is Add can be deleted 3 In the Edit Media Types dialog box click the Update button Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool Deleting Media Types You Have Added iPF6300S 4 692 ...

Page 711: ... wizard see Updating Media Types P 697 Important Be sure to click the Update button If you do not your changes will not be applied to the printer and printer driver Switching Media Types Display Show Hide 1 Open the Edit Media Types dialog box Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Switching Media Types Display Show Hide 4 693 ...

Page 712: ...appear grayed out in the Media Type list Each time you click the Show Hide button the display mode cycles from showing both the printer driver and printer panel to hiding both the printer driver and printer panel and then to showing only the printer panel 3 In the Edit Media Types dialog box click the Update button Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool Switching Media Types Display Show Hide ...

Page 713: ...izard see Updating Media Types P 697 Important Be sure to click the Update button If you do not your changes will not be applied to the printer and printer driver Changing the Display Order of Media Types 1 Open the Edit Media Types dialog box Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Changing the Display Order of Media Types 4 695 ...

Page 714: ...x click the Update button The Update Media Types wizard is started at this point For details on the procedure to update paper information using the Update Media Types wizard see Updating Media Types P 697 Important Be sure to click the Update button If you do not your changes will not be applied to the printer and printer driver Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool Changing the Display Order...

Page 715: ...Media Types wizard are as follows Important When you update the media type information perform the same update on all of the PCs that are using that printer 1 Confirm the printer where media type information is to be updated to be displayed in Printer in the Update Media Types Select Printer dialog box and then click the Next button 2 Communication with the printer starts and the following dialog ...

Page 716: ...date Media Types Confirm Update Confirm the information received from the printer To update click the Execute button Important When setting a data to the printer that differs from the data to be updated the selected media informa tion file is updated When you would like to remain the data that is set to the printer click the Cancel button 4 Communication with the printer starts and the following d...

Page 717: ... and then click the Update button Select the printer that you want to update in Step 1 and update the media information by following the Update Media Types wizard Using Paper Other Than Genuine Paper Feed Confirmed Paper When the Add Custom Paper button is clicked in the Media Configuration Tool main window the Add Custom Paper dialog box is displayed Adding custom paper to the printer control pan...

Page 718: ...on genuine paper and feed confirmed paper cannot be changed from this dialog box Refer to Editing Media Type Information P 685 Changing the display order of media types displayed in the printer control panel and printer driver is per formed from the Edit Media Types dialog box regardless of whether it is Canon genuine paper or custom paper Refer to Editing Media Type Information P 685 Compatible P...

Page 719: ...es of customer paper paper that is not Canon genuine paper or Canon feed confirmed paper Add Custom Paper In order to add new custom paper to the printer control panel and printer driver first select the media type to use as the basis from among the Canon genuine paper and feed confirmed paper Add this as custom paper after making various changes to the standard paper as necessary Important Do not...

Page 720: ...ck the Next button 3 The Step 1 Select the standard paper dialog box is displayed In Paper Category select the category of media type to use as the basis of the custom paper you are adding Important Select the category that you think is the closest to the custom paper you are adding Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool Add Custom Paper iPF6300S 4 702 ...

Page 721: ...y Alternatively select the media type called General from among the displayed Media Type Name Depending on the selected category there might not be a media type called General Depending on the selected category the Assist button may be disabled 5 The Step 2 Set the custom paper name dialog box is displayed Enter an arbitrary name to display in the printer control panel and printer driver and then ...

Page 722: ...lete click the Next button Important Check that there is no paper left on the ejection guide If Paper Feed Adjustment is not executed horizontal stripes with different color tones may appear in the printed material Paper feed adjustment does not need to be executed more than once Execute paper feed adjustment only once each time you add a custom paper 9 The Roll Paper Settings dialog box is displa...

Page 723: ...such as to wait for the ink to dry User Cut Cutting is not performed by the cutter unit Cut the roll paper using scissors after each sheet Select this for paper that cannot be cut by the cutter unit Drying Time Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry as needed Off Ejects immediately after printing finishes 30 sec 1 min 3 min 5 min 10 min 30 min 60 min Ejects after the specified time...

Page 724: ...cut well by the cutter set the Automatic Cutting Settings to User Cut and cut the roll paper using scissors etc Paper where borderless printing can be performed is limited by the media type and roll paper width Refer to Compatible Paper P 700 For custom paper where there is a need to set the Automatic Cutting Settings to User Cut set the Borderless Printing to Deny 10 The Step 5 Configure the amou...

Page 725: ...ity Set the level to test print using Maximum ink usage and the image to use using Image used in test print and then click the Start Print button 12 Determine and set the ink level that is thought to give the best visual test print results with no bleeding or scraping of ink Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Add Custom Paper 4 707 ...

Page 726: ...u are using and select that ICC color profile in your soft ware Depending on the maximum ink usage setting some of the print qualities in the printer driver may become unselectable 13 Configure Head Height and Vacuum Strength as required and click the Next button Usually these do not need to be set Important If you set the Head Height lower than the automatically set height in parentheses check th...

Page 727: ...n click the Next button 15 The Confirm Update dialog box is displayed Confirm the updates and then click the Execute button Note If the authentication screen is displayed input the administrator name and passowrd and click the OK button Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Add Custom Paper 4 709 ...

Page 728: ...he name of the added custom paper is displayed in the Edit Media Types dialog box that is opened by Add Genuine Paper in the Media Configuration Tool window Delete Custom Paper You can delete custom paper that you have already added from printer control panel and from the printer driver of the PC you are using 1 Open the Add Custom Paper dialog box 2 Select the paper you want to delete from the Ad...

Page 729: ...and then click the Execute button Note If the authentication screen is displayed input the administrator name and passowrd and click the OK button The custom paper is deleted from the control panel of the printer and from the printer driver of the PC you are using Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Delete Custom Paper 4 711 ...

Page 730: ...s as required Note Refer to Steps 5 to 15 of the Add Custom Paper P 701 for details on how to configure each setting Export Custom Media Information You can export to file and save media information about custom paper that you have added The saved Custom Media Information File can be used by importing it into another printer or PC Refer to Import Custom Media Information P 714 for details on impor...

Page 731: ...om the Added Custom Paper list and then click the Export button 3 Specify the location to save the Custom Media Information File A Custom Media Information File am1 file is saved Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Export Custom Media Information 4 713 ...

Page 732: ...folder and add the file to the printer control panel and to the printer driver of the PC you are using 1 Open the Add Custom Paper dialog box 2 Click the Import button 3 Select the printer to add the custom paper to Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool Import Custom Media Information iPF6300S 4 714 ...

Page 733: ... the Custom Media Information File am1 file to import 5 The Confirm Update dialog box opens Click the Execute button Note If the authentication screen is displayed input the administrator name and passowrd and click the OK button Mac OS X Software Media Configuration Tool iPF6300S Import Custom Media Information 4 715 ...

Page 734: ...the printhead is rub bing against the paper configure the Vacuum Strength in the Step 5 Configure the amount of ink used dialog box as follows For paper based media such as Heavyweight Coated Paper Set to Strong or Strongest For film based media such as CAD Tracing Paper Set to Standard Strong or Strongest For thin paper of thickness 0 1mm or less Set to Weakest Note If the printhead still rubs ev...

Page 735: ...nted sheets are affected by banding in different colors toward the end of the sheet about 20 30 mm from the edge try adjusting the feed amount of the trailing edge of sheets See Adjusting Color on the Trailing Edge of Sheets P 840 If you cannot obtain sufficiently high print quality change the maximum ink usage or change the media type used as the basis for the custom paper in the Step 1 Select th...

Page 736: ...Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations 719 Advanced Print Job Operations 746 Print Job Operations iPF6300S 5 718 ...

Page 737: ...ntity later without the need to use a computer again Simplify reprinting if any errors occur If errors occur in the middle of printing as when paper runs out you can resume printing after clearing the error with out resending the print job from a computer Streamline printing work Without using a computer you can select print jobs and print in the desired quantity You can also select multiple print...

Page 738: ...nnot be set for the shared mailbox Up to 100 print jobs can be saved here but they will be deleted one after another starting with the oldest job in the following situations If there are more than 100 jobs queued and saved in the shared mailbox combined If no more temporary storage space is available when jobs for which you have selected Print in Output Method in Windows or Send job to in Mac OS X...

Page 739: ...onal P 307 Free Layout P 261 Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy P 292 Preview P 248 Mac OS Print Plug In for Photoshop Digital Photo Professional P 607 Free Layout P 549 Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy P 583 Preview P 518 The document title will be imagePROGRAF when you print from imagePROGRAF Preview Configuring the Printer Driver in Windows 1 Access the Page Setup sheet Print Job Operations B...

Page 740: ...lete This option is available in combination with Print Print jobs are saved on the printer s hard disk before print ing Note Click Acquire Mail Box Name to display personal box names in the Mail box list as acquired from the printer 4 In Name of data to be saved specify how to name saved print jobs To use the file name choose Use file name Otherwise choose Enter name and enter a name in Name 5 Cl...

Page 741: ...the printer s hard disk after printing Save in mail box Save print jobs on the printer s hard disk The Destination dialog box is displayed if you select Save in mail box Here specify the name and personal box number for saved print jobs Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations iPF6300S Saving Print Jobs on the Printer Hard Disk 5 723 ...

Page 742: ...You can delete or preempt jobs in the job queue as needed These operations are available from the Control Panel or in RemoteUI imagePROGRAF Status Monitor and imagePROG RAF Printmonitor Delete Note that only jobs that are not currently being deleted can be deleted from the job queue Preempting other jobs You can preempt other jobs by printing jobs that are currently being received or prepared for ...

Page 743: ...lect the print job to delete and then press the OK button 3 Press or to select Delete and then press the OK button Preempting other jobs 1 Press or to select Print Job and then press the OK button 2 Press or to select the job to print first and then press the OK button 3 Press or to select Preempt Jobs and then press the OK button Using RemoteUI Manage jobs as needed on the Print Job page For deta...

Page 744: ...the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS Manage jobs as needed on the Driver sheet For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations Managing the Job Queue Deleting or Preempting Other Jobs iPF6300S 5 726 ...

Page 745: ...d jobs replace the loaded paper with the paper specified in the print job See Loading Rolls in the Printer P 784 See Loading Sheets in the Feed Slot P 809 Using the Control Panel 1 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Job tab There are held jobs is displayed if jobs are being held Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Press the...

Page 746: ... page For details refer to the RemoteUI help file Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Manage jobs as needed on the Job sheet For details see Job Management Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor P 426 Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations Managing Pending Jobs Printing or Deleting Jobs on Hold iPF6300S 5 728 ...

Page 747: ...d print jobs stored on the printer s hard disk as follows These operations are available from the Control Panel or in RemoteUI imagePROGRAF Status Monitor and imagePROG RAF Printmonitor Using the Control Panel 1 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Job tab Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations iPF6300S Printing Saved Jobs 5 729 ...

Page 748: ... the OK button Note Enter a password if one has been set and then press the OK button 5 Press or to select Job List and then press the OK button 6 Press or to select the saved job and then press the OK button 7 Press or to select Print and then press the OK button 8 Specify the number of copies and press the OK button Using RemoteUI 1 On the Stored Job page choose the box Print Job Operations Basi...

Page 749: ...Select the print job and click Resume 3 On the Print Saved Document page enter the quantity to print in Copies and click OK For details refer to the RemoteUI help Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations iPF6300S Printing Saved Jobs 5 731 ...

Page 750: ... imagePROGRAF Status Monitor 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a box and click Open Note Enter a password if one has been set Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations Printing Saved Jobs iPF6300S 5 732 ...

Page 751: ...es how long it took to finish printing one copy during the previous print job If you change the value in Copies the printing time indicates the time it took to print one copy during the previous print job multiplied by the number of copies For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations iPF6300S Printing Saved Jobs 5 733 ...

Page 752: ...Printmonitor 1 On the Hard Disk pane click by Inbox No Name Note Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations Printing Saved Jobs iPF6300S 5 734 ...

Page 753: ...esume Printing 3 In the Resume Printing dialog box enter the quantity to print and click OK For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations iPF6300S Printing Saved Jobs 5 735 ...

Page 754: ...tton 2 Press the OK button The Job Menu is displayed 3 Press or to select Stored Job and then press the OK button 4 Press or to select the box number in the range 00 29 and then press the OK button Note Enter a password if one has been set and then press the OK button 5 Press or to select Job List and then press the OK button 6 Press or to select the saved job and then press the OK button 7 Press ...

Page 755: ...b page choose the mail box Note Enter a password if one has been set 2 Select the print job and click Delete For details refer to the RemoteUI help file Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations iPF6300S Deleting Saved Jobs 5 737 ...

Page 756: ... imagePROGRAF Status Monitor 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a box and click Open Note Enter a password if one has been set Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations Deleting Saved Jobs iPF6300S 5 738 ...

Page 757: ...ob and click Delete For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 1 In the Hard Disk pane click next to Inbox No Name Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations iPF6300S Deleting Saved Jobs 5 739 ...

Page 758: ...e Moving Saved Jobs Print jobs stored on the printer s hard disk saved jobs can be moved from the current box to another box as follows However jobs saved in personal boxes cannot be moved to the shared mailbox This operation is available in RemoteUI imagePROGRAF Status Monitor and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations Moving Saved Jobs iPF6300S 5 740 ...

Page 759: ... deleted move them from the shared mailbox to personal boxes See Using the Printer Hard Disk P 719 Using RemoteUI 1 On the Stored Job page choose the box Note Enter a password if one has been set 2 Select the print job and click Move Document Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations iPF6300S Moving Saved Jobs 5 741 ...

Page 760: ...rsonal box in the Destination mail box list and click OK For details refer to the RemoteUI help file Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a box and click Open Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations Moving Saved Jobs iPF6300S 5 742 ...

Page 761: ...as been set 2 In the Documents dialog box select the print job and click Move 3 In the Move dialog box select the destination personal box and click OK Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations iPF6300S Moving Saved Jobs 5 743 ...

Page 762: ... file Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh 1 In the Hard Disk pane click next to Inbox No Name Note Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations Moving Saved Jobs iPF6300S 5 744 ...

Page 763: ...ck Move 3 In the Move Document dialog box select the destination personal box and click OK For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Print Job Operations Basic Print Job Operations iPF6300S Moving Saved Jobs 5 745 ...

Page 764: ...ntrol Panel menu Note Contact the software or system developer for information about support for this printer function Specifying Output Method In Output Method specify how to manage jobs regarding printing and saving them Print Save print jobs automatically at the same time they are printed This is the default format Print Auto Del Save print jobs temporarily at the same time they are printed and...

Page 765: ...v Printing will start when Print After Recv is set to On even if you have selected Save Box 01 in Output Method 1 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Settings Adj tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Press the OK button The Set Adj Menu is displayed 3 Press or to select System Setup and then press the OK button 4 Press or...

Page 766: ...d then press the OK button 4 Press or to select Common Box Set and then press the OK button Note If a password has been set on the printer the Logon screen is displayed To change the setting select Administrator and press the OK button Enter the password when Ad min Pswd is displayed and press the OK button before going to the next procedure If you select User and press the OK button you can check...

Page 767: ...UI Using RemoteUI 1 On the Stored Job page choose the personal box 2 Click Edit 3 In the Set Register User s Inbox dialog box specify the password and click OK Set Password Select the check box Password Enter the password This field is limited to four digits in the range 0001 9999 Confirmation Number Re enter the password to confirm it For details refer to the RemoteUI help Print Job Operations Ad...

Page 768: ...ings 3 In the Settings dialog box specify the password and click OK Set password Select the check box Password Enter the password This field is limited to four digits in the range 0001 9999 Re enter to confirm Re enter the password to confirm it Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations Setting Passwords for Personal Boxes iPF6300S 5 750 ...

Page 769: ...ved job in the list and click Set 2 In the Settings dialog box specify the password and click OK Set password Select the check box Password Enter the password This field is limited to four digits in the range 0001 9999 Verify Re enter the password to confirm it Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations iPF6300S Setting Passwords for Personal Boxes 5 751 ...

Page 770: ...tification you can assign names to personal boxes This operation is available in RemoteUI imagePROGRAF Status Monitor and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Using RemoteUI 1 On the Stored Job page choose the personal box Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations Naming Personal Boxes iPF6300S 5 752 ...

Page 771: ...he personal box 2 Click Edit 3 In the Set Register User s Inbox dialog box enter the name in Inbox Name and click OK For details refer to the RemoteUI help file Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations iPF6300S Naming Personal Boxes 5 753 ...

Page 772: ...onitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select the personal box and click Open Note Enter a password if one has been set for the personal box Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations Naming Personal Boxes iPF6300S 5 754 ...

Page 773: ... box click Settings 3 In the Settings dialog box enter the name and click OK For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations iPF6300S Naming Personal Boxes 5 755 ...

Page 774: ...Hard Disk pane click next to Inbox No Name Select a saved job in the list and click Set Note Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations Naming Personal Boxes iPF6300S 5 756 ...

Page 775: ...the Control Panel or in RemoteUI imagePROGRAF Status Monitor and imagePROG RAF Printmonitor Using the Control Panel 1 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Job tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Press the OK button The Job Menu is displayed 3 Press or to select Stored Job and then press the OK button Print Job Operations ...

Page 776: ...en set and then press the OK button 5 Press or to select Job List and then press the OK button Using RemoteUI On the Stored Job page choose the box Note Enter a password if one has been set Jobs saved in the box are listed Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations Displaying a List of Saved Jobs iPF6300S 5 758 ...

Page 777: ...elp Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows On the Hard Disk sheet select a box and click Open Note Enter a password if one has been set Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations iPF6300S Displaying a List of Saved Jobs 5 759 ...

Page 778: ...ialog box For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh On the Hard Disk pane click by Inbox No Name Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations Displaying a List of Saved Jobs iPF6300S 5 760 ...

Page 779: ...ess or to select the Job tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Press the OK button The Job Menu is displayed 3 Press or to select Stored Job and then press the OK button 4 Press or to select the box number in the range 00 29 and then press the OK button Note Enter a password if one has been set and then press the OK button 5 Press or to select Print Job List...

Page 780: ...is operation is available in RemoteUI imagePROGRAF Status Monitor and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Using RemoteUI 1 On the Stored Job page choose the box Note Enter a password if one has been set 2 Select the print job and click Details Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations Displaying Details of Saved Jobs iPF6300S 5 762 ...

Page 781: ...splayed For details refer to the RemoteUI help file Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a box and click Open Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations iPF6300S Displaying Details of Saved Jobs 5 763 ...

Page 782: ...ents dialog box select the print job and click Properties The Properties dialog box is displayed For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations Displaying Details of Saved Jobs iPF6300S 5 764 ...

Page 783: ... click next to Inbox No Name Note Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations iPF6300S Displaying Details of Saved Jobs 5 765 ...

Page 784: ...ation is available in RemoteUI imagePROGRAF Status Monitor and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Using RemoteUI 1 On the Stored Job page choose the box Note Enter a password if one has been set 2 Select the print job and click Details Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations Renaming Saved Jobs iPF6300S 5 766 ...

Page 785: ...cument page click Change Document 4 In the Rename Saved Document dialog box enter the name and click OK For details refer to the RemoteUI help file Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations iPF6300S Renaming Saved Jobs 5 767 ...

Page 786: ...ePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a box and click Open Note Enter a password if one has been set Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations Renaming Saved Jobs iPF6300S 5 768 ...

Page 787: ...print job and click Properties 3 In the Properties dialog box enter the new name and click OK For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations iPF6300S Renaming Saved Jobs 5 769 ...

Page 788: ...tor Macintosh 1 In the Hard Disk pane click next to Inbox No Name Note Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations Renaming Saved Jobs iPF6300S 5 770 ...

Page 789: ...b and click Set 3 In the Settings dialog box enter the new name and click OK For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Print Job Operations Advanced Print Job Operations iPF6300S Renaming Saved Jobs 5 771 ...

Page 790: ...Handling Paper Paper 773 Handling rolls 781 Handling sheets 809 Output Stacker 820 Handling Paper iPF6300S 6 772 ...

Page 791: ...Reference Guide from imagePROGRAF Support Information See Displaying the Pa per Reference Guide P 776 Method of Updating Supported Paper Paper supported by the printer may be newly released on the imagePROGRAF website To use newly released paper register the latest paper information on the printer with the Media Configuration Tool See Updating paper information P 778 Important To install the Paper...

Page 792: ... 297 0 mm 11 69 in ISO A3 A4 Roll 297 0mm No 257 0 mm 10 12 in JIS B4 Roll 257 0mm Yes 254 0 mm 10 00 in 10 in Roll 254 0mm Yes 203 2 mm 8 00 in 8 in Roll 203 2mm No Custom Paper Size 203 2 mm 8 00 in 610 0 mm 24 02 in 1 For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide See Types of Paper P 773 2 Requires the Spacer for Borderless Printing She...

Page 793: ... mm 9 00 12 00 in DIN C2 458 0 648 0 mm 18 03 25 51 in DIN C3 324 0 458 0 mm 12 76 18 03 in DIN C4 229 0 324 0 mm 9 02 12 76 in 20 x24 508 0 609 6 mm 20 00 24 00 in 18 x22 457 2 558 8 mm 18 00 22 00 in 14 x17 355 6 431 8 mm 14 00 17 00 in 12 x16 304 8 406 4 mm 12 00 16 00 in 10 x12 254 0 304 8 mm 10 00 12 00 in 10 x15 254 0 381 0 mm 10 00 15 00 in US Photo 16 x20 406 4 508 0 mm 16 00 20 00 in Post...

Page 794: ...rd Custom Paper Size see Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes P 131 Borderless printing is not supported on sheets Displaying the Paper Reference Guide The Paper Reference Guide can be accessed from imagePROGRAF Support Information Follow these instructions as appropriate for your operating system Windows 1 Double click the iPFxxxx Support desktop icon iPFxxxx indicates the printer model The image...

Page 795: ...displayed Mac OS X 1 Click the iPF Support icon in the Dock The imagePROGRAF Support Information window is displayed 2 Click the Paper Reference Guide button Handling Paper Paper iPF6300S Displaying the Paper Reference Guide 6 777 ...

Page 796: ...ls on Media Information File Media Information File refer as follows Media Configuration Tool P 447 Windows Media Configuration Tool P 676 Macintosh Important When your version of Media Configuration Tool is older than the version released on the imagePROG RAF website download and install the latest version of Media Configuration Tool before installing Me dia Information File If you do not install...

Page 797: ... webpage The default browser on your computer is started and the imagePROGRAF webpage is displayed Adding Custom Paper Using Media Configuration Tool you can add custom paper paper not listed in the Paper Reference Guide to the printer driver and control panel of the printer For details on Media Configuration Tool refer as follows Media Configuration Tool P 447 Windows Media Configuration Tool P 6...

Page 798: ...nction occurs in the printer resulting from the use of custom paper paper not listed in the Paper Reference Guide it is not guaranteed even within the warranty period Handling Paper Paper Adding Custom Paper iPF6300S 6 780 ...

Page 799: ... Holder When printing on rolls attach the Roll Holder to the roll Rolls have a two or three inch paper core Use the correct attachment for the paper core The printer comes equipped with the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment installed For borderless printing on A1 594 mm or A2 420 mm rolls attach the included Spacer for Borderless Printing to the Roll Holder Using Rolls with a 2 inch Paper Core Using Ro...

Page 800: ... For details on supported sizes and types of rolls see Paper Sizes or the Paper Reference Guide See Paper Sizes P 774 See Types of Paper P 773 To view instructions as you attach the Roll Holder press the Navigate button See How to View Instruc tions with Navigate P 895 1 Remove the Holder Stopper from the Roll Holder 2 Insert the attachments for the roll paper on the Roll Holder Using rolls with a...

Page 801: ...ith the Roll Holder resting horizontally and the edge of the roll paper facing forward as shown insert the roll in the Roll Holder from the left Insert the roll firmly until it touches the flange a of the Roll Holder leaving no gap Important Always have the Roll Holder resting horizontally when loading rolls Attempting to load rolls with the Roll Holder upright may damage the Roll Holder Handling ...

Page 802: ... load rolls in the printer Important Always load rolls when the printer is on If the printer is off when you load a roll the paper may not be advanced correctly when you turn the printer on Before loading a roll confirm whether the inside of the Top Cover or the Ejection Guide is soiled If soiled we recommend cleaning in advance See Cleaning Inside the Top Cover P 998 1 Press the Load button Handl...

Page 803: ...oad the Roll Holder shaft into the guide grooves b on both sides of the Roll Holder Slot At this time load the shaft so that the color of the Roll Holder shaft c matches the color of the guide groove Caution Do not release the flanges until you load the holder fully in the Roll Holder Slot Rolls are heavy and dropping a roll may cause injury Be careful not to pinch your fingers between the guide g...

Page 804: ...e If the paper is wrinkled or warped straighten it out before loading it Load paper straight so it is not fed askew 6 Once paper feeding starts you will need to do the following based on the ManageRemainRoll setting and the bar code printed on rolls See Keeping Track of the Amount of Roll Paper Left P 794 ManageR emainRoll Barcodes Printer Operation After the Paper is Fed Off Printed A menu for se...

Page 805: ...ese steps to change the type of paper specified on the printer after you have loaded paper If you will continue using this type of paper later selecting Keep Paper Type On will save the time and effort of config uring the media type setting when you load the paper again The current media type settings before you select On will be automatically selected at that time See Using the Same Type of Paper...

Page 806: ...s the OK button 4 Press or to select the type of paper loaded Roll Paper or Manual and then press the OK button 5 Press or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button Important Be sure to select the correct paper type If this setting does not match the loaded paper it may cause feed errors and affect printing quality Note For details on types of paper see the Pap...

Page 807: ...g is updated to match the type of paper specified by the barcode To change the media type setting see Changing the Type of Paper P 788 Specifying the Paper Length When changing the length of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the length as follows Note Specify the paper length when you have set ManageRemainRoll to On See Keeping Track of the Amount of Roll Paper Left P 794 1 On the Ta...

Page 808: ...pen the paper feed slot Note If you need to cut the roll see Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls P 797 1 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Paper tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Press the OK button The Paper Menu is displayed 3 Press or to select Eject Paper and then press the OK button 4 Press or to select Yes ...

Page 809: ...ck to rewind the roll 7 Holding the Roll Holder flange a remove the holder from the Roll Holder Slot Note For instructions on removing rolls from the Roll Holder see Removing Rolls From the Roll Hold er P 792 Handling Paper Handling rolls iPF6300S Removing the Roll from the Printer 6 791 ...

Page 810: ... Rolls in the Printer P 784 Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder 1 Remove the Holder Stopper from the Roll Holder 2 Remove the roll from the Roll Holder 3 Remove any attachments as follows 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment Handling Paper Handling rolls Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder iPF6300S 6 792 ...

Page 811: ...as shown Important Store the roll in the original bag or box away from high temperature humidity and direct sunlight If paper is not stored properly the printing surface may become scratched which may affect the printing quality when you use it again Feeding Roll Paper Manually After a roll has been advanced you can press the Feed button to feed or retract the roll with the and buttons Handling Pa...

Page 812: ...e type of paper and amount left When ManageRemainRoll is On and you load rolls with printed barcodes the type of paper and amount left are automatically detected after rolls are loaded The barcode will be cut off after it has been read Important If the barcode on the roll is not detected enter the type and length of paper on the Control Panel Follow these steps to set ManageRemainRoll to On as fol...

Page 813: ...d or soiled or the paper surface may rub against the output stacker when the paper falls and the surface may be come soiled To wait for the ink to dry without allowing printed documents to fall after printing set Cutting Mode on the menu of the printer to Eject See Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls P 797 Windows 1 Display the printer driver dialog box See Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog ...

Page 814: ...n Pages and CBetween Scans in ADrying Time and then click OK See Paper Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows P 220 Mac OS X 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the Main pane and click CSettings in AMedia Type Handling Paper Handling rolls Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls iPF6300S 6 796 ...

Page 815: ...ting P 196 Yes Eject P 798 Select this to move the cutter by key operation and cut paper Although there are cases with Automatic in which the paper falls and the pa per surface is scratched when the paper rubs the Output Stacker you can avoid damaging the pa per with this method since you can cut by hold ing the paper with your hand so that the paper does not fall when cutting Also since you can c...

Page 816: ...Cut Yes in the printer driver With Eject printing does not resume after a series of jobs have been printed continuously until the roll is cut Eject is the preset selection in Cutting Mode for some types of paper For this paper we recommend keep ing the preset cutting mode If documents printed using Automatic Eject or manual cutting are short rolls are advanced a specific amount before cutting to p...

Page 817: ...e OK button 4 Press or to select the type of paper and then press the OK button 5 Press or to select Cutting Mode and then press the OK button 6 Press or to select Eject and then press the OK button 7 Print the job When printing is finished the printer will stop without cutting 8 Holding the printed document to prevent it from dropping press the Cut button to cut the roll Handling Paper Handling r...

Page 818: ...er Menu is displayed 3 Press or to select Paper Details and then press the OK button 4 Press or to select the type of paper and then press the OK button 5 Press or to select Cutting Mode and then press the OK button 6 Press or to select Manual and then press the OK button 7 Print the job The printer stops advancing the paper after printing 8 Press the Feed button Handling Paper Handling rolls Spec...

Page 819: ... roll paper manually with scissors or the like 10 Press the OK button After the roll is rewound it stops automatically Paper cutting to have the roll cut at your specified position 1 Press the Feed button Handling Paper Handling rolls iPF6300S Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls 6 801 ...

Page 820: ... after you load a roll Trim Edge First offers the following options Automatic If the left and right side of the leading edge of the roll a and b are uneven by 3 mm 0 12 in or more when you load the roll the edge is cut an amount relative to the slant to ensure a straight edge and scraps are removed The edge is not cut if the unevenness is less than 3 mm However paper may sometimes be cut depending...

Page 821: ...etting differs depending on the paper For details refer to the Paper Reference Guide See Types of Paper P 773 Follow these steps to change the Trim Edge First setting 1 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Paper tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Press the OK button The Paper Menu is displayed 3 Press or to select Paper ...

Page 822: ...tting and cause paper jams Borderless printing is not available when CutDustReduct is set to On To use borderless printing select CutDustReduct Off Set CutDustReduct to On as follows 1 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Paper tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Press the OK button The Paper Menu is displayed 3 Press or ...

Page 823: ...er Set RH2 25 Roll Holder for 2 and 3 inch paper cores Attachments Using Rolls with a 2 inch Paper Core Using Rolls with a 3 inch Paper Core Holder Stopper for 2 inch paper cores Holder Stopper for 3 inch paper cores 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment Borderless Printing on A1 or A2 Rolls Spacer for Borderless Printing Removing the Roll Feed Unit Important Always turn off the printer before removing the...

Page 824: ...ing the Carrying Handles a of the Roll Feed Unit remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer Installing the Roll Feed Unit Important Always turn off the printer before attaching the Roll Feed Unit The printer may be damaged if you do not turn it off first Handling Paper Handling rolls Installing the Roll Feed Unit iPF6300S 6 806 ...

Page 825: ...the Roll Feed Unit by the Carrying Handles a insert the two pins of the Roll Feed Unit b into the each hole on the back of the printer c Handling Paper Handling rolls iPF6300S Installing the Roll Feed Unit 6 807 ...

Page 826: ...2 Use a coin or screwdriver to tighten the two screws on the back of the Roll Feed Unit a to secure it to the printer Handling Paper Handling rolls Installing the Roll Feed Unit iPF6300S 6 808 ...

Page 827: ...e OK button 2 Load the sheet in the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper Feed Slot depending on the type of paper specified by the print job If a type of paper other than POP Board is selected Loading Sheets in the Top Paper Feed Slot P 810 If POP Board is selected Loading Heavyweight Sheets in the Front Paper Feed Slot P 812 If no print job was received 1 Press the Load button 2 Press or to select ...

Page 828: ...Top Paper Feed Slot Important One sheet of paper can be loaded at a time Do not load multiple sheets This may cause paper jams Before feeding paper or printing make sure the sheet is flat against the Paper Tray Cover The sheet may jam if it curls before feeding or printing and the trailing edge drops toward the front Paper that is wrinkled or warped may jam If necessary straighten the paper and re...

Page 829: ...Paper Feed Slot Insert the paper until it touches the far end of the tray lightly Important If you load a sheet larger than A2 the sheet may fall behind the printer under its own weight Put your hand under the sheet to support it and prevent it from falling Handling Paper Handling sheets iPF6300S Loading Sheets in the Feed Slot 6 811 ...

Page 830: ...mportant Always load POP Board in the Front Paper Feed Slot for printing Loading it in other ways may impair op eration and damage the printer One sheet of paper can be loaded at a time Do not load multiple sheets This may cause paper jams Straighten paper if it is warped before loading it Load the paper straight Loading paper askew will cause an error Once you load the paper you cannot shift it s...

Page 831: ... installation space required see Specifications P 1078 2 After Open Upper Cover is displayed open the Top Cover 3 Set the leading edge of one sheet printing side up on the Front Tray Guides and insert the sheet in the Front Paper Feed Slot keeping it level Important When you insert the sheet in the Front Paper Feed Slot keep the sheet level relative to the paper feed slot Failure to do this may sc...

Page 832: ...Handling Paper Handling sheets Loading Sheets in the Feed Slot iPF6300S 6 814 ...

Page 833: ...edge of the sheet between the Platen and Paper Retainer a keeping it parallel to the Paper Retainer a and align the paper with the Paper Alignment Line b of the Front Tray Guides Handling Paper Handling sheets iPF6300S Loading Sheets in the Feed Slot 6 815 ...

Page 834: ...gins If a print job was received After the paper is advanced the printer starts printing the print job If no print job was received The printer now starts feeding the paper 6 After printing the printer will temporarily stop advancing the paper while the trailing edge is still in the rollers to prevent the sheet from dropping Once you press the OK button the paper can be removed Handling Paper Hand...

Page 835: ...ss the OK button 9 Lift the four Front Tray Guides above the Ejection Guide store them toward the front and then press the OK button Removing Sheets Remove sheets from the printer as follows Removing sheets from the top paper feed slot P 818 Removing heavyweight sheets from the front paper feed slot P 818 Handling Paper Handling sheets iPF6300S Removing Sheets 6 817 ...

Page 836: ...he front edge level Acciden tally removing the sheet at an angle may scratch the printed surface Removing heavyweight sheets from the front paper feed slot 1 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Paper tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Press the OK button The Paper Menu is displayed 3 Press or to select Eject Paper and t...

Page 837: ...tton Important Always remove the sheet before pressing the OK button If you do not remove the sheet before step 7 it may go back inside the printer leaving roller marks across the trailing edge of paper 8 Lift the four Front Tray Guides above the Ejection Guide store them toward the front and then press the OK button Handling Paper Handling sheets iPF6300S Removing Sheets 6 819 ...

Page 838: ...fter printing from rolls To use the Output Stacker push down Basket Rod 1 b fully toward the front keeping it even on the left and right so that Basket Rod 2 a is not slanted The Output Stacker can hold one sheet When printing multiple pages remove each sheet after it is printed Handling Paper Output Stacker Output Stacker Precautions iPF6300S 6 820 ...

Page 839: ...s of paper you can use with the stacker in extended position refer to the Paper Reference Guide See Types of Paper P 773 Using the Output Stacker This topic describes how to use the Output Stacker Use the Output Stacker in position 1 when storing printed documents When the Output Stacker is not used fold the stacker to stow it in position 2 Handling Paper Output Stacker iPF6300S Using the Output S...

Page 840: ...t after it is printed Use the Output Stacker in the regular position a The stacker may also be used in the extended position b for some types of paper To switch to the extended position move the Support Rod to position b The extended position enables easy removal after printing For information on types of paper you can use with the stacker in extended position refer to the Paper Reference Guide Se...

Page 841: ...Handling Paper Output Stacker iPF6300S Using the Output Stacker 6 823 ...

Page 842: ...stments for Better Print Quality Adjustment for high precision printing 825 Adjusting the Printhead 827 Adjusting the feed amount 833 Color adjustment 844 Adjustments for Better Print Quality iPF6300S 7 824 ...

Page 843: ...ither case roll paper only Thickness weight 300 μm or less or 300 g m or less Width 25 4 cm 10 in or more Standard Adjustment Perform standard adjustment with the Printhead height set to Automatic 1 Load paper in the printer Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 781 Loading Rolls in the Printer P 784 2 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Settings Adj tab Note Auto ...

Page 844: ...n the Printhead which may cause paper jams or soiling on printed documents 1 Set Head Height to Super Low See Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images Head Height P 831 Note If Super Low is not available select Lowest 2 In Head Posi Adj select Auto Expansion Note If paper rubs against the Printhead or becomes jammed during Printhead height adjustment try select ing a higher level in Head H...

Page 845: ...d Posi Adj P 827 See Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors Head Posi Adj P 829 Paper rubs against the printhead or image edges are blurred Executing Head Height to adjust the printhead height may improve printing results See Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images Head Height P 831 Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors Head Posi Adj If vertical lines in printed do...

Page 846: ...lity P 825 Items to Prepare When Using Rolls An unused roll at least 10 inches wide When Using Sheets Auto Standard Two sheets of unused paper A4 Letter size Auto Advanced Ten sheets of unused paper A4 Letter size or five sheets when using A2 Auto Expansion Seven sheets of unused paper A4 Letter size or four sheets when using A2 Perform adjustment as follows 1 Load paper Loading Rolls on the Roll ...

Page 847: ...on See Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors Head Posi Adj P 827 However when printing on special paper or if printing is not improved after Auto Advanced try Manual Manual adjustment requires you to examine the printed test pattern and enter an adjustment value Note We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for adjustment Items to Prepare When Using Rolls An unused rol...

Page 848: ...stment Note Manual may be unavailable in some cases even if it is displayed in the menu If so execute Auto Advanced once 7 Press or to select D and then press the OK button 8 Press or to select D 1 and then press the OK button 9 Examine adjustment test pattern D 1 and determine the number with straight lines Note If two patterns seem equally good and you cannot decide which one is better choose an...

Page 849: ...nd specifying a high Printhead height will prevent paper from rubbing against the Printhead but may reduce the printing quality Important Paper rubbing against or becoming caught on the Printhead may jam or result in printed documents that are soiled Note Raise or lower the printhead depending on the nature of the problem See Paper rubs against the printhead P 1027 See The edges of the paper are d...

Page 850: ...d Height and then press the OK button 6 Press or to select the desired setting value and then press the OK button Note Using Automatic will ensure that the printer adjusts the Printhead height to the optimal level before printing accounting for the ambient temperature and humidity When a setting other than Automatic is used that value will always be applied Depending on the type of paper some sett...

Page 851: ...anding Adjustment Adj Quality P 836 See Adjusting Line Length Adjust Length P 838 3 After executing Adj Quality execute Adj Fine Feed for further adjustment as needed See Fine Tuning the Paper Feed Amount Adj Fine Feed P 838 Selecting a Feed Amount Adjustment Method Feed Priority Methods of adjusting the amount paper is fed are set in Adj Priority Adjust Adj Priority to suit your particular printi...

Page 852: ...on 3 Press the OK button The Set Adj Menu is displayed 4 Press or to select Adjust Printer and then press the OK button 5 Press or to select Feed Priority and then press the OK button 6 Press or to select Adj Priority and then press the OK button 7 Press or to select Automatic Print Quality or Print Length and then press the OK button Automatic Banding Adjustment Adj Quality If printed images are ...

Page 853: ...s are printed at exactly the right length See Adjusting Line Length Adjust Length P 838 This may take some time depending on the type of paper Items to Prepare When Using Rolls An unused roll at least 10 inches wide When Using Sheets Auto GenuinePpr One sheet of unused paper A4 Letter size Auto OtherPaper Two sheets of unused paper A4 Letter size or one sheet when using A2 Perform adjustment as fo...

Page 854: ...justment Adj Quality P 834 Manual adjustment requires you to enter an adjustment value after a test pattern is printed Note Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing Always check the Adj Priority values before using Manual adjustment See Selecting a Feed Amount Adjustment Method Feed Priority P 833 If additional fine tuning is necessary after Manual adjustment...

Page 855: ...sheet 8 Examine test pattern A for adjustment Determine the pattern in which banding is least noticeable Note If banding seems least noticeable in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better choose an intermediate value For example choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is better 9 Press or to select the pattern number you have decided and then press the OK button Test ...

Page 856: ... the Control Panel press or to select the Settings Adj tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Press the OK button The Set Adj Menu is displayed 3 Press or to select Adj Fine Feed and then press the OK button 4 Press or to select a setting value in the range 5 to 5 and then press the OK button The setting is now applied Adjusting Line Length Adjust Length To e...

Page 857: ... precision ruler When Using Sheets One sheet of unused paper of at least A4 Letter size High precision ruler Perform adjustment as follows 1 Load the paper Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 781 Loading Rolls in the Printer P 784 Loading Sheets in the Feed Slot P 809 Important Always make sure the loaded paper matches the type of paper specified Adjustment cannot be com pleted correctly unless the...

Page 858: ...e Trailing Edge of Sheets If printed sheets are affected by banding in different colors by the trailing edge about 20 30 mm 0 8 1 2 in from the edge try adjusting the feed amount of the trailing edge of sheets Important This adjustment is only possible when feeding paper from the Top Paper Feed Slot that can be set up with a margin on the trailing edge of 3 mm 0 12 in Paper that does not allow a m...

Page 859: ... displayed 4 Press or to select Adjust Printer and then press the OK button 5 Press or to select Adj Far Ed Feed and then press the OK button 6 Press or to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for adjustment C1 is displayed on the Control Panel 7 Examine test pattern C1 Determine the pattern in which banding is least noticeable Press or to select this pattern number an...

Page 860: ...n heavyweight paper or paper that curls or wrinkles easily if the Printhead rubs against paper adjusting the level of suction against paper on the Platen may improve results Important Paper rubbing against or becoming caught on the Printhead may jam or result in printed documents that are soiled 1 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Paper tab Note If the Tab Sel...

Page 861: ...tic once you select the type of paper currently supplied However the value is cleared when the printer is turned off or the paper is replaced 5 Press or to select VacuumStrngth and then press the OK button 6 Press or to select the desired setting value and then press the OK button Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the feed amount iPF6300S Adjusting the Vacuum Strength VacuumStrngth 7 ...

Page 862: ...s of temperature and humidi ty each time If you execute color calibration under various conditions of temperature and humidity correct adjustment may not be possible If you execute color calibration with paper classified for common calibration continue to use the same type of paper for better color consistency If you execute color calibration with multiple paper types correct adjustment may not be...

Page 863: ...dvance according to the paper type for which calibration is to be executed To confirm the adjustment type in which calibration is to be classified refer to Paper that can be used in Color Calibration P 848 Common calibration If you execute color calibration with paper classified for common calibration the color calibration adjustment value is set for all print qualities of all paper types includin...

Page 864: ...oll Holder P 781 Loading Rolls in the Printer P 784 Loading Sheets in the Feed Slot P 809 3 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select Settings Adj tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 4 Press the OK button Set Adj Menu is displayed 5 Press or to select Adjust Printer and then press the OK button 6 Press or to select Calibration and t...

Page 865: ...figure Calibration Value See Paper Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows P 220 Configure on the printer driver menu Mac OS X Configure Calibration Value See Paper Detailed Settings Dialog Box Mac OS X P 500 Configure on the menu of the Control Panel From Set Adj Menu select Adjust Printer Calibration Use Adj Value See Menu Settings P 914 After executing color calibration you can also adjust colors ...

Page 866: ...le Available Common calibration Prem SemiGl2 280 Available Available Available Common calibration Poster Semi Gl Available Available Available Common calibration SatinPhoto 190 Available Available Available Common calibration Photo Pro Plat Available Available Available Common calibration Proofing Paper Available Not available Available Common calibration Proofing Paper3 Available Not available Av...

Page 867: ...einstalling the printer driver you change the region selection of the Media Configuration Tool the region specific paper information originally registered on the printer before installation will be deleted Using paper with deleted information when executing color calibration will prevent the resulting calibration adjustment value from being applied to all other types of the paper To apply the colo...

Page 868: ...rce Measure Tool must also be installed You can install the Light Source Measure Tool from the User Software CD ROM For a list of supported i1 devices refer to the manual provided with the Light Source Measure Tool This function is only supported in Windows and Mac OS X 10 4 or later The colors in this function may differ slightly depending on the system software used Windows 32 64 bit or Macintos...

Page 869: ...ed for example Glossy Photo Paper HG 170 Important You can execute Ambient Light Adjust only when FPrint Quality is set to High 5 Click DAdvanced Settings to switch the print mode Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment iPF6300S Selecting Color Tones on Charts Before Printing Windows 7 851 ...

Page 870: ...atching sheet 10 Make sure Driver Matching Mode is selected in AMatching Mode Note To specify monitor matching select Monitor Matching in BMatching Method In this case select the same color space as when the file was opened in CColor Space and the monitor color tempera ture in DMonitor White Point 11 Select EUse ambient light adjustment Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment Selecti...

Page 871: ... that By selecting a chart number is selected in ASetting Method If it is not selected already select it 14 Click BPrint Chart Light Source Check Tool now starts up Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment iPF6300S Selecting Color Tones on Charts Before Printing Windows 7 853 ...

Page 872: ...e the blue of the sky and the red of the strawberries look the most natural overall 17 In the Ambient Light Adjust dialog box select the number of your preferred chart in CChart Number 18 If Matching Method is set to Monitor Matching on the Matching sheet enter the DColor Temperature and EIlluminance as measured during monitor calibration 19 Click OK Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adju...

Page 873: ...in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box See Accessing the Printer Driv er Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X P 493 3 Make sure the Main panel is displayed 4 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded for example Glossy Photo Paper HG 170 Important You can execute Ambient Light Adjust only when FPrint Quality is set to High Adjustments for Better Pri...

Page 874: ...You can execute Ambient Light Adjust only when FPrint Quality is set to High 7 Click Color in the HColor Mode list 8 Click ISet to display the Color Settings dialog box Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment Selecting Color Tones on Charts Before Printing Mac OS X iPF6300S 7 856 ...

Page 875: ...thod In this case select the same color space as when the file was opened in CColor Space and the monitor color tempera ture in DMonitor White Point 11 Select EUse ambient light adjustment 12 Click FAmbient Light Adjust to display the Ambient Light Adjust dialog box Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment iPF6300S Selecting Color Tones on Charts Before Printing Mac OS X 7 857 ...

Page 876: ...t is not selected already select it 14 Click BPrint Chart Light Source Check Tool now starts up 15 Check the settings and click DPrint The Chart is printed Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment Selecting Color Tones on Charts Before Printing Mac OS X iPF6300S 7 858 ...

Page 877: ...ching the Measured Ambient Light Windows Measure the light level in the viewing environment and enter the results in the printer driver before printing Important This function requires the i1 spectrophotometer The Light Source Measure Tool must also be installed Note You can install the Light Source Measure Tool from the User Software CD ROM For a list of supported i1 devices refer to the manual p...

Page 878: ...ations Windows P 211 4 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed 5 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded for example Glossy Photo Paper HG 170 Important You can execute Ambient Light Adjust only when FPrint Quality is set to High Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light Windows iPF6300S 7 860 ...

Page 879: ...execute Ambient Light Adjust only when FPrint Quality is set to High 8 Click Color in the GColor Mode list 9 Click HColor Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment iPF6300S Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light Windows 7 861 ...

Page 880: ...me color space as when the file was opened in CColor Space and the monitor color tempera ture in DMonitor White Point 12 Select EUse ambient light adjustment 13 Click FAmbient Light Adjust to display the Ambient Light Adjust dialog box 14 Select By entering values directly in ASetting Method Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Ligh...

Page 881: ...rinting Important This function requires the i1 spectrophotometer The Light Source Measure Tool must also be installed You can install the Light Source Measure Tool from the User Software CD ROM For a list of supported i1 devices refer to the manual provided with the Light Source Measure Tool 1 Using the i1 spectrophotometer and the Light Source Measure Tool determine the Lighting Source Type Colo...

Page 882: ...or example Glossy Photo Paper HG 170 Important You can execute Ambient Light Adjust only when FPrint Quality is set to High 6 Click DAdvanced Settings to switch the print mode Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light Mac OS X iPF6300S 7 864 ...

Page 883: ...anel 11 Make sure Driver Matching Mode is selected in AMatching Mode Note To specify monitor matching select Monitor Matching in BMatching Method In this case select the same color space as when the file was opened in CColor Space and the monitor color tempera ture in DMonitor White Point 12 Select EUse ambient light adjustment Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment iPF6300S Printin...

Page 884: ...ng Source Type and DColor Temperature determined in step 1 If you have selected Monitor Matching in Matching Method on the Matching panel also select EIlluminance 16 Click OK 17 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light Mac OS X iPF6300S 7 866 ...

Page 885: ... or these settings may not be configurable or adjustable depending on your monitor and the source application Note Printing in exactly the same colors as displayed on the monitor may not be possible due to differences in the monitor and printer color gamuts Calibrating your monitor requires a measuring device Because colors appear different under sunlight at different times of day we recommend fol...

Page 886: ...he file in the source application If you own an i1 Pro using Light Source Measure Tool enables more precision measurement of the ambient light Note If you will print repeatedly using the settings values you set this one time we recommend completing the settings by accessing the printer driver dialog box from the operating system menu See Ac cessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating ...

Page 887: ...loaded for example Glossy Photo Paper HG 170 Important You can execute Ambient Light Adjust only when FPrint Quality is set to High 5 Click DAdvanced Settings to switch the print mode Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment iPF6300S Printing Images to Match Monitor Colors Windows 7 869 ...

Page 888: ...thod select Monitor Matching 12 In CColor Space select the color space used when displaying the file in the source application 13 In DMonitor White Point select the white point set on the monitor Note For greater precision in monitor matching we recommend configuring the settings for ambient light matching See Printing in Ideal Colors for Light in the Viewing Environment P 850 14 Click OK 15 Confi...

Page 889: ...ages to Match Monitor Colors P 867 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box See Accessing the Printer Driv er Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X P 493 3 Make sure the Main panel is displayed 4 In the AMedia Type list select the type of paper that is loaded for example Glossy Photo Paper HG 170 Important You can ...

Page 890: ...ant You can execute Ambient Light Adjust only when FPrint Quality is set to High 7 Click Color in the HColor Mode list 8 Click ISet to display the Color Settings dialog box Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment Printing Images to Match Monitor Colors Mac OS X iPF6300S 7 872 ...

Page 891: ...rce application 13 In DMonitor White Point select the white point set on the monitor Note For greater precision in monitor matching we recommend configuring the settings for ambient light matching See Printing in Ideal Colors for Light in the Viewing Environment P 850 14 Click OK 15 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Adjustments for Better Print Quality Color adjustment iPF6300S Print...

Page 892: ...Printer Parts Printer parts 875 Hard Disk 883 Optional accessories 888 Printer Parts iPF6300S 8 874 ...

Page 893: ...rom inside the printer as needed See Top Cover Inside P 877 b Paper Tray Cover Open this cover to load a sheet in the Top Paper Feed Slot See Paper Feed Slots P 878 c Roll Feed Unit Load rolls in this unit You can also load sheets manually d Roll Feed Unit Cover Open this cover to load rolls See Inside the Roll Feed Unit Cover P 879 e Control Panel Use this panel to operate the printer and check t...

Page 894: ...k Cover Open this cover to replace an Ink Tank See Ink Tank Cover Inside P 880 k Stand A stand that holds the printer Equipped with casters to facilitate moving it See Stand P 888 l Output Stacker Printed documents are ejected into the output stacker The Output Stacker can hold one sheet See Output Stacker Precautions P 820 Back a USB Port Connect a USB cable to this port The printer is compatible...

Page 895: ... place e Borderless Printing Ink Grooves For catching ink outside the edges of paper during borderless printing f Cleaning Brush When cleaning inside the printer under the Top Cover use this brush to sweep away paper dust on the Platen Also use the brush to move the blue Switch on the Platen g Linear Scale The linear scale serves a key role in detecting the Carriage position Be careful not to touc...

Page 896: ... Slot Output Tray When loading a heavyweight sheet insert it here All printed documents are ejected from this slot e Front Tray Guides Lift all of the guides before printing on heavyweight paper When feeding heavyweight paper rest the sheet on these guides align it to the right and insert the leading edge up to the Paper Alignment Line f Paper Alignment Line Load heavyweight sheets parallel to thi...

Page 897: ...Roll Holder Load the roll on this holder b Holder Stopper Secure rolls on the Roll Holder with this part c Roll Holder Slot Slide the Roll Holder into this slot Printer Parts Printer parts iPF6300S Inside the Roll Feed Unit Cover 8 879 ...

Page 898: ... Printhead replacement b Printhead The printhead is equipped with ink nozzles It serves a key role in printing c Printhead Fixer Lever Locks the Printhead Fixer Cover Do not open this part except during Printhead replacement Ink Tank Cover Inside Printer Parts Printer parts Carriage iPF6300S 8 880 ...

Page 899: ...ates the state of the Ink Tank as follows when the Ink Tank Cover is opened On The Ink Tank is installed correctly Off No Ink Tank is installed or the ink level detection function is off Flashing Slowly Not much ink is left Flashing Rapidly Ink tank is empty d Ink Color Label Load an Ink Tank that matches the color and name on this label Printer Parts Printer parts iPF6300S Ink Tank Cover Inside 8...

Page 900: ...sitions of the printer as shown on top 1 on the right 2 and on the bottom on the right 3 Important Do not block these vents Also avoid setting paper or other light objects near the vents Printer Parts Printer parts Vents iPF6300S 8 882 ...

Page 901: ... No No No Print without saving jobs in the shared mailbox No No No Yes Save print jobs sent from sources other than the printer driver No No No Yes Operations with saved jobs Print saved jobs No Yes Yes Yes Delete saved jobs No Yes Yes Yes Job queue management Display job queue No Yes Yes Yes Delete No Yes Yes Yes Priority No Yes Yes Yes Mail box management Move saved jobs No Yes Yes No Modify sav...

Page 902: ...r to select the Job tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Press the OK button The Job Menu is displayed 3 Press or to select HDD Information and then press the OK button Using RemoteUI To view the box list select Stored Job in Job Management On the Stored Job page the free hard disk space is shown in the upper right corner when boxes are listed For details r...

Page 903: ...eet shows the free hard disk space For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor The Hard Disk pane shows the free hard disk space Printer Parts Hard Disk iPF6300S Checking the Free Hard Disk Space 8 885 ...

Page 904: ...ure Overwrites the entire hard disk with 00 FF and random data one time each Verification is performed to check if the data was correctly written Choose this method to erase especially confidential data It is virtually impossible to recover the overwritten data Conforms to the DoD5220 22 M standard of the U S Department of Defense Important For a more secure method of preventing data recovery we r...

Page 905: ...n this case enter the password and press the OK button to go to the next step As for the time required for deletion confirm it on the Control Panel However when High Speed is selected this finishes in several seconds 6 Press the OK button to start erasure After the printer hard disk is erased the printer automatically restarts Printer Parts Hard Disk iPF6300S Erasing Data on the Printer s Hard Dis...

Page 906: ...ys unlock the locking casters before moving the Stand by moving the switch to OFF Accidentally moving the Stand while the locking casters are locked may scratch the floor Note For instructions on installing the Stand refer to the instructions provided with the Stand Printer Parts Optional accessories Stand iPF6300S 8 888 ...

Page 907: ...Control Panel Operations and Display Screen 890 Printer Menu 900 Control Panel iPF6300S 9 889 ...

Page 908: ...d Navigate button Enables you to check instructions for loading and removing paper or replacing ink tanks or printheads as well as other operations See How to View Instructions with Navigate P 895 e Arrow buttons button Press this button on the Tab Selection screen to move to another tab In menu items requiring numerical input press this button to move to another digit button Press this button whe...

Page 909: ...ressing this button when rolls are loaded enables you to reposition the paper See Feeding Roll Paper Manually P 793 k Load button Press this button when loading or replacing paper See Loading Rolls in the Printer P 784 See Loading Sheets in the Feed Slot P 809 l Cut Sheet lamp green Lit when Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot is selected as the paper source m Roll Media lamp green Lit when rolls are se...

Page 910: ...ghted Middle line displayed Indicates the printer status and shows menu names Bottom line displayed Here the remaining ink level is indicated See Checking Ink Tank Levels P 978 Job tab A tab indicating status and showing menus related to print jobs Pressing the OK button when this tab is highlighted will display the Job Menu menu Top line displayed The job icon is highlighted Middle line displayed...

Page 911: ...nter is in power saving mode The printer automatically enters Sleep mode to con serve power when idle for a specific period by default five minutes that is if no print jobs are received or buttons are pressed while all covers are closed You can specify the period before the printer enters Sleep mode in the Sleep Timer menu See Menu Settings P 914 After entering Sleep mode from Standby mode the pri...

Page 912: ... period by default five minutes that is if no print jobs are received or buttons are pressed while all covers are closed However it does not enter Sleep mode while error messages are displayed or when a roll can be manually advanced by pressing the Feed button Control Panel Operations and Display Screen Control Panel Display iPF6300S 9 894 ...

Page 913: ...hose errors If multiple errors occur that are related to the Job tab and Settings Adj tab each error message is displayed for 4 seconds on each tab before another message is shown How to View Instructions with Navigate You can refer to instructions for loading paper replacing ink tanks and performing other operations on the printer control panel 1 Press the Navigate button 2 Press or to select the...

Page 914: ... Example Loading sheets Control Panel Operations and Display Screen How to View Instructions with Navigate iPF6300S 9 896 ...

Page 915: ...ctions Once you complete an action described in the instructions the printer detects the action and switches to the next instruction screen In the case of actions the printer cannot detect instruction screens are switched every four seconds and the sequence of operations is shown repeatedly Control Panel Operations and Display Screen iPF6300S Checking Instructions During Printer Operations 9 897 ...

Page 916: ...in the sequence are finished the instruction screen for the next step is displayed Example Ink tank replacement Control Panel Operations and Display Screen Checking Instructions During Printer Operations iPF6300S 9 898 ...

Page 917: ...n Press the or button to display the previous or next screens If you do not press the or button within 30 seconds continuous display is resumed Press the OK button to display the instruction screen for the next step Control Panel Operations and Display Screen iPF6300S Checking Instructions During Printer Operations 9 899 ...

Page 918: ...ng operations are available from the menu Paper Menu Paper menu settings Ink Menu Ink menu operations Job Menu Menu operations to manage print jobs Set Adj Menu Menu operations for printer adjustment and maintenance For a description of specific menu items available see Menu Settings P 914 For instructions on selecting menu items see Menu Operations P 901 Note By default menu settings apply to all...

Page 919: ...ized on tabs select a tab on the Tab Selection screen and press the OK button For details see Menu Settings P 914 Menus when the Ink tab is selected and the OK button is pressed Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button Simply press buttons on the Control Panel to access menus on various tabs from the Tab Selection screen and set or exe cute Menu items The following s...

Page 920: ...all menu items are displayed hold down or to scroll through higher and lower menu items Items you select are highlighted The scroll bar at right indicates the current position in the overall menu Lower menus are available if is displayed at left next to the second and subsequent rows To access the lower me nus select the menu and press the OK button Control Panel Printer Menu Menu Operations iPF63...

Page 921: ...umerical values Follow these steps to enter numbers In this example network settings items are entered 1 Press the or button to move to the next field for input 2 Press the or button to enter the value Note Hold down or to increase or decrease the value continuously 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to complete the settings and then press the OK button Note If a confirmation message is displayed regarding th...

Page 922: ...on menu items see Menu Settings P 914 Paper Menu First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Load Paper Roll Paper Manual Paper Eject Paper Chg Paper Type 1 P 906 Roll Paper The paper type is displayed here 1 P 906 Manual Paper Chg Paper Size Manual PaperSize The size of paper is displayed here 2 P 906 CustomPaperSize Set the length Roll Length 3 P 906 Set the length ManageRemain...

Page 923: ...irst Automatic Off On CutDustReduct Off On VacuumStrngth Automatic Strongest Strong Standard Weak Weakest Scan Wait Time Dry time Off 1 sec 3 sec 5 sec 7 sec 9 sec Area 4 P 906 Entire area Leading edge Roll DryingTime Off 30 sec 1 min 3 min 5 min 10 min 30 min 60 min NearEnd RollMrgn 3mm 20mm NearEnd Sht Mrgn 3mm 20mm Bordless Margin Automatic Control Panel Printer Menu iPF6300S Menu Structure 9 9...

Page 924: ...nter supports see Paper Sizes P 774 3 Available only if ManageRemainRoll is On 4 Leading edge is not available as a setting option in the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box of the printer driv er 5 see Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls P 797 Ink Menu First Level Rep Ink Tank Head Cleaning A Job Menu First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Print Job Job List Choose a pri...

Page 925: ...n Total capacity Box free space 1 If a pending job is selected Print Anyway is displayed Set Adj Menu First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Lev el Fifth Level Sixth Level Seventh Level Test Print Nozzle Check Status Print Interface Print Paper Details Print Job Log Menu Map Adjust Printer Head Posi Adj Auto Standard Auto Advanced Auto Expansion 1 P 913 Manual 1 P 913 Feed Priori ty Adj Prior...

Page 926: ...r Type Adjustment Type Use Adj Value Disabled Enabled Set Exec Guide Off On Return Defaults Mainte nance Head Cleaning Head Cleaning A Head Cleaning B Nozzle Check Replace P head Printhead L Printhead R Repl maint cart Head Info Printhead L ProductName s n Days elapsed Count Mdot Printhead R ProductName s n Days elapsed Count Mdot Clean Platen Interface Setup EOP Timer 8 P 913 10 sec 30 sec 1 min ...

Page 927: ... xxx xxx xxx DNS Set tings 9 P 913 DNS Dync update On Off Pri DNS SrvAddr Sec DNS SrvAddr DNS Host Name DNS Domain Name IPv6 IPv6 Sup port On Off IPv6 Stles sAddrs 10 P 914 On Off DHCPv6 10 P 914 On Off DNS Set tings 9 P 913 10 P 914 DNS Dync update Statefull Addr On Off Stateless Addr On Off Pri DNS SrvAddr Sec DNS SrvAddr DNS Host Name DNS Domain Name NetWare 8 P 913 NetWare On Off Frame Type 5 ...

Page 928: ...913 On Off Ethernet Driver 8 P 913 Auto Detect On Off Comm Mod e 6 P 913 Half Duplex Full Duplex Ethernet Type 6 P 913 10 Base T 100 Base TX 1000 Base T Spanning Tree Not Use Use MAC Ad dress xxxxxxxxxxxx Interface Print 8 P 913 Return Defaults 8 P 913 System Set up Sleep Timer 11 P 914 5 min 10 min 15 min 20 min 30 min 40 min 50 min 60 min 240 min Buzzer Off On Contrast Adj 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 Cont...

Page 929: ...913 yyyy mm dd dd mm yyyy mm dd yyyy Language Time Zone 8 P 913 0 London GMT 1 Paris Rome 2 Athens Cairo 3 Moscow 4 Eerevan Baku 5 Islamabad 6 Dacca 7 Bangkok 8 Hong Kong 9 Tokyo Seoul 10 Canberra 11NewCaledonia 12 Wellington 12 Eniwetok 11 Midway is 10Hawaii AHST 9 Alaska AKST 8 Oregon PST 7 Arizona MST 6 Texas CST Control Panel Printer Menu iPF6300S Menu Structure 9 911 ...

Page 930: ...oll Selec tion 1 ISO A3 297mm 300mm Roll Roll Selec tion 2 10in 254mm JIS B4 257mm Keep Paper Size Off On TrimEdge Reload Automatic Off On Rep P head Print Off On Nozzle Check Frequency Standard 1 page Warning Off On Use Remo teUI 8 P 913 On Off Reset PaprSetngs 8 P 913 Erase HDD Data High Speed 8 P 913 Secure High Spd 8 P 913 Secure 8 P 913 Output Method Print Print Auto Del Save Box XX Print Aft...

Page 931: ...apsed Count Mdot Printhead R ProductName s n Days elapsed Count Mdot System Info Error Log Other Counter 1 Available after you have used Auto Advanced in Head Posi Adj once 2 Available if Adj Priority is Automatic or Print Quality 3 Available if Adj Priority is Automatic or Print Length 4 Not displayed if IPv4 Mode is Manual 5 Not displayed if NetWare is Off 6 Not displayed if Auto Detect is On 7 ...

Page 932: ... Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images Head Height P 831 Skew Check Lv If you print on Japanese paper washi or other handmade pa per that has an irregular width choose Loose for a higher skew detection threshold or choose Off to disable skew de tection However if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur Cutting Mode Specify whether or ...

Page 933: ... it may lower the printing quali ty at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy The prin ted surface may be scratched and ink may adhere to the lead ing edge It may also cause the Platen to become soiled NearEnd Sht Mrgn Specify a margin at the leading edge of sheets to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge Note that if you choose 3mm it may lower the printing quali ty at the lead...

Page 934: ...er the current print job is finished See Managing the Job Queue Deleting or Preempt ing Other Jobs P 724 Stored Job Mailbox List Enter a pass word if one has been set Job List Print Print the saved job Delete Delete the saved job Print Job List Print a list of saved print jobs Job Log Choose from in forma tion about the last three print jobs Document Name Indicates the document name of the selecte...

Page 935: ...imates Estimates may vary depending on conditions of use Calculation of these estimates does not include ink consumed when cleaning printheads by forceful ejection of ink Set Adj Menu Setting Item Description Instructions Test Print Nozzle Check Print a test pattern to check the nozzles Status Print Print information about the setting values and condi tion of the printer Interface Print Print inte...

Page 936: ...he feed amount See Automatic Banding Adjustment Adj Quality P 834 Auto OtherPaper Specify this mode with paper not in the Paper Refer ence Guide See Paper Reference Guide The printer prints and reads a test pattern for automat ic adjustment of the feed amount Note that this func tion takes more time and consumes more ink than Au to GenuinePpr See Automatic Banding Adjust ment Adj Quality P 834 Man...

Page 937: ... are given priority Choose Enabled OK to apply the color calibration adjustment value in print jobs However printer driver settings are given priority Set Exec Guide If you select On a message is displayed on the con trol panel at the timing recommended for executing color calibration Return Defaults Clear the color calibration adjustment value and the execution log Main te nance Head Cleaning Cle...

Page 938: ... you have set IPv4 Mode to Automatic Subnet Mask Default G W DNS Set tings DNS Dync update Specify whether DNS server registration is updated automatically Pri DNS SrvAddr Specify the DNS server address Sec DNS SrvAddr DNS Host Name Specify the DNS host name DNS Domain Name Specify the DNS domain name IPv6 IPv6 Support Specify whether to connect via IPv6 IPv6 StlessAddrs Specify whether a IPv6 sta...

Page 939: ...level Date Time Date Set the current date Time Set the current time Available only if the Date setting is specified Date Format Specify the date format Language Specify the language used on the Display Screen Time Zone Specify the time zone Time zone options indicate a main city in this time zone and the difference from Greenwich Mean Time Length Unit Choose the display unit for length Change the ...

Page 940: ...vanced Cut the edge if you are concerned about any marks left on the roll when the roll is left in the retracted position Specify On to have rolls cut when printing begins af ter Sleep mode or when the power is restored Select ing Automatic will trim the edge when the roll has been in the retracted position for two days or more Rep P head Print Choose On to have the printer automatically execute t...

Page 941: ...v A setting for jobs received from software other than the printer driver When using the printer driver con figure settings on the printer Select On to print the job after it has been saved Common Box Set Select Print Auto Del to print without saving jobs in the box shared among multiple users Show Job Log Selecting Off prevents display of the log in Job Menu Job Log Additionally the log is not pr...

Page 942: ...tee the accuracy of these estimates Estimates may vary depending on conditions of use Calculation of these estimates does not include ink consumed when cleaning printheads by forceful ejection of ink Menu Settings During Printing Menu items are described in the following tables For instructions on selecting menu items see Menu Operations P 901 For details on menu levels and values see Menu Structu...

Page 943: ...nt Indicates the number of pages in the job Job Status Indicates the printing results Print Start Time Indicates when the print job was started Print End Time Indicates when the print job was finished Print Time Indicates the time required to print the job Print Size Indicates the paper size in the print job Media Type Indicates the type of paper in the print job Interface Indicates the interface ...

Page 944: ... size type and related printer settings Ink Info Indicates ink levels and maintenance cartridge capacity Head Info Indicates the model name serial number number of days used and dot count of the current printhead System Info Indicates the firmware version serial number and interface information Error Log Indicates the most recent error messages up to five Other Counter Indicates the total printing...

Page 945: ...rsion MIT DB MIT database version S N Printer serial number Date Indicates when the status print report was prin ted Paper Menu Information on the loaded paper Paper Type Roll Media Cut Sheet ManageRemainRoll Keep Paper Type Job Menu Job related information Job Log A counter for maintenance purposes Various information about previous jobs HDD Information Indicates the total hard disk capacity and ...

Page 946: ...tment values for previous jobs Adjust Log Calibration Color calibration settings Calibration Log Common Cali bration A record of when common calibration was performed Date Indicates the date when calibration was per formed and the type of paper used Paper Type Use Adj Value A setting value indicating whether color cali bration adjustment values are to be applied to printing Set Exec Guide A settin...

Page 947: ...quested UNIT m2 UNIT sq f UNIT A4 Sheet UNIT Letter Sheet Set Adj Menu Settings and adjustment information Adjust Printer Adjustment settings Calibration Color calibration settings Calibration Log Unique Calibra tion A record of when unique calibration was per formed No Log number Paper Type Indicates the date when calibration was per formed and the type of paper used Date Printing Interface Setti...

Page 948: ... the OK button Confirming Interface Print information The following information is included in the Interface Print report Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Interface Print Printer model Firm Firmware Version Boot Boot ROM Version MIT DBF MIT Database Format Version MIT DB MIT Database Version S N Printer serial number Date The date when the interface setup print report was printed EOP Timer Specify the t...

Page 949: ... SNMPv3 TCP IPv6 Use IPv6 IPv6 settings values Use DHCPv6 Stateful Address Prefix Length Primary DNS Server Address Secondary DNS Server Address Use a stateless address Stateless Address 1 Prefix Length 1 Stateless Address 2 Prefix Length 2 Stateless Address 3 Prefix Length 3 Stateless Address 4 Prefix Length 4 Stateless Address 5 Prefix Length 5 Stateless Address 6 Prefix Length 6 Use a link loca...

Page 950: ...s IPX External Network Number Node Number Print Application Bindery PServer File Server Name Print Server Name Print Server Password Polling Interval RPrinter Print Server Name Printer Number NDS PServer Tree Name Context Name Print Server Name Print Server Password Polling Interval NPrinter Print Server Name Printer Number AppleTalk Phase Type AppleTalk settings values Name Network Number Zone Ne...

Page 951: ...Network Interface Spanning Tree Network interface settings values Use the Jumbo Frame Function Control Panel Printer Menu iPF6300S Printing Interface Setting Reports 9 933 ...

Page 952: ...Network Setting Network Environment 935 Using RemoteUI 938 Initial Settings 941 NetWare Settings 950 Mac OS X Settings 960 Other Settings 967 Network Setting iPF6300S 10 934 ...

Page 953: ...9 Unix Red Hat 9 Compatible computer A computer that runs one of the above operating systems Printing over a TCP IP network when using IPv6 Compatible operating systems Windows Vista Home Basic Business Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition or Enterprise Edition Windows 7 Windows Vista x64 Windows Server 2008 x64 Windows 7 x64 Mac OS X 10 3 9 or later Note When using IPv6 you must specify ...

Page 954: ...etWare network Compatible servers Novell NetWare 4 2 5 1 6 0 Compatible clients Windows XP Professional Compatible computer A computer that runs one of the above operating systems Note In NetWare 6 0 iPrint is not supported Network Environment After confirming what type of network environment you will connect the printer to set up the printer and computers as needed Example of a Windows network In...

Page 955: ...PROGRAF printer driver is not compatible with AppleTalk Example of a NetWare network Note Even if there is a NetWare server in your network environment you can use it in conjunction with TCP IP or AppleTalk In this case complete the settings for each protocol you will use Network Setting Network Environment iPF6300S Network Environment 10 937 ...

Page 956: ...r the Remo teUI screen is displayed and you can use RemoteUI Important To use RemoteUI an IP address must be set on the printer in advance For the method of setting an IP ad dress see Configuring the IP Address on the Printer P 941 What You Can Do With RemoteUI With RemoteUI you can access the printer via a network configure network settings and display the current status of the printer various ty...

Page 957: ... printer settings for networks refer to the following topics Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network Settings With RemoteUI P 946 Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings P 965 Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings With RemoteUI P 957 Specifying Printer Related Information P 967 Network Setting Using RemoteUI iPF6300S Using RemoteUI 10 939 ...

Page 958: ...make sure the DNS settings are cor rectly configured Depending on the network environment you may not be able to start RemoteUI Confirm whether System Setup Use RemoteUI is set to On on the Control Panel of the printer Note RemoteUI also offers many other features You can display the ink levels check error messages and other status information and cancel print jobs By factory default the English s...

Page 959: ...onfiguring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel P 942 Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands P 943 Important If you use a DHCP server for automatic assignment of the printer s IP address printing may no longer be possible after the printer is turned off and on This is because an IP address different from before has been assigned Thus when using DHCP server functions consu...

Page 960: ...K button 7 Press or to select IP Address and then press the OK button 8 After you press or to select the input field numerical input is possible 9 Press the or button to enter the value Note Hold down to increase the value continuously However 0 follows 2 for digits of 100 and 0 fol lows 9 for digits of 10 and 1 Hold down to decrease the value continuously However 2 follows 0 for digits of 100 and...

Page 961: ...s MAC address You can confirm the MAC ad dress on the Control Panel 1 Check the printer s MAC address You can confirm the MAC address on the Control Panel as follows 1 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Settings Adj tab 2 Press the OK button The Set Adj Menu is displayed 3 Press or to select Interface Setup and then press the OK button 4 Press or to select Ethe...

Page 962: ...xxx xxx xxx For details refer to the help file for the command line Note The subnet mask and default gateway are set to 0 0 0 0 Use RemoteUI to change the subnet mask and de fault gateway to match your network settings For details on RemoteUI see Using RemoteUI P 938 Configuring TCP IPv6 Network Settings When printing in a TCP IPv6 network you must configure the TCP IPv6 settings on the Control Pa...

Page 963: ...CP IP Port Important If you will use the printer in a TCP IP network make sure the printer s IP address is configured correctly Configuring the IP Address on the Printer P 941 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers Devices and Printers window 2 Right click the icon of this printer and choose Properties For Windows 7 and Windows Vista Printer Proper ties to open the printer properties window 3 C...

Page 964: ... in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUI page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx xxx xxx 2 Select Administrator Mode and click Logon 3 If a password has been set on the printer enter the password 4 Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page 5 Click Edit in the upper right corner of the TCP IPv4 group to display the Edit TCP IP Prot...

Page 965: ...use numbers or for the first character or for the last character NB 18GBipxxxxxx DNS Domain Name Specify the printer domain name up to 63 characters Use single byte letters numbers hyphens and periods Do not use numbers or for the first character or or for the last charac ter blank Multicast DNS Serv ice Name Specify the printer s Multicast DNS service name 1 63 charac ters This name will be displ...

Page 966: ...Default Router Ad dress Enter the default router address Prefix Length Enter the prefix length of the default router address 0 Primary DNS Server Address Specify the IP address of the primary DNS server Secondary DNS Server Address Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS server Use the same host name and do main name as IPv4 Activate when using the same DNS host and domain names as for IPv4 Of...

Page 967: ...k OK to display the Network page Note If you are using a DNS server select Enable DNS Dynamic Update and enter the IP Address for DNS serv ers and DNS domain name in Primary DNS Server Address Secondary DNS Server Address and DNS Domain Name respectively Network Setting Initial Settings iPF6300S Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network Settings With RemoteUI 10 949 ...

Page 968: ...nfigure the settings on each computer for printing in a NetWare network 4 Connect to the NetWare network Install the NetWare client software on all computers that are to perform printing and log in to the NetWare server or tree For details on connecting refer to the documentation for NetWare or your operating system 5 Install the printer driver According to the instructions of your network adminis...

Page 969: ...ter is on and connected to the network Note You can specify the frame type by using RemoteUI if the printer s IP address is configured For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF De vice Setup Utility P 442 Specifying the frame type using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 1 Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 2 In the list of printers select the...

Page 970: ...4 Click the NetWare tab and select the frame type in the NetWare Frame Type list Network Setting NetWare Settings Specifying the Printer s Frame Type iPF6300S 10 952 ...

Page 971: ...fault gateway in Gateway Address Important You must specify the IP address here to be able to configure NetWare protocol settings using Remo teUI 6 Click Set 7 Click OK after the Confirmation message is displayed 8 Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Network Setting NetWare Settings iPF6300S Specifying the Printer s Frame Type 10 953 ...

Page 972: ...re menu 7 Press or to select Frame Type and then press the OK button 8 Press or to select the frame type to use and then press the OK button The display reverts to the NetWare menu 9 Press or to select Print Service and then press the OK button 10 Press or to select the desired print service and then press the OK button The display reverts to the NetWare menu 11 Press the Menu button If you have c...

Page 973: ...and bindery NDS and bindery are both supported Use the mode that is compatible with your network environment Queue server mode and remote printer mode Queue server mode and remote printer mode are both supported Queue server mode When using queue server mode all print server functions are supported so there is no need for other print server software or hardware In NDS queue server mode NDS PServer...

Page 974: ... the printer number from 0 3 Set a password 1 Right click the print server created in step 2 and choose Details 2 Click Change Password to open the password input dialog box Enter the password 3 Click OK to close the password input dialog box 4 Click OK or Cancel to close the details dialog box 4 To use the printer in remote printer mode start the print server To use the NetWare file server as the...

Page 975: ...s below to configure NetWare protocol settings other than the frame type by using RemoteUI Note For details on RemoteUI see Using RemoteUI P 938 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUI page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx xxx xxx 2 Select Administrator Mode and click Logon 3 If a password has been set on the pr...

Page 976: ...tWare print server 0 47 characters Printer Number Specify the number of the printer connected to the NetWare print server 0 15 0 NDS PServer Tree Name Specify the name of an NDS tree that has a NetWare print server 0 32 characters Context Name Specify the name of a context that has a NetWare print server 0 255 characters Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 64 characters ...

Page 977: ...e and Context Name enter the tree and context name of the print server 2 In Print Server Name enter the name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Serv ices P 955 3 In Print Server Password enter the password of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 955 4 In Polling Interval specify the interval at which the printer checks the NetWare print queue If you ...

Page 978: ...igure the destination when using the printer in a TCP IP network Important If you use the printer in a TCP IP network make sure the printer s IP address is configured correctly See Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel P 942 Configuring the Destination Mac OS X 1 Navigate to Applications Canon Utilities imagePROGRAF PrinterSetup and double click imagePROGRAF PrinterSetup app 2...

Page 979: ...he model and type and then enter the IP address before clicking the Next button 5 Complete Printer Name and Location as desired and click Register Network Setting Mac OS X Settings iPF6300S Configuring the Destination in TCP IP Networks 10 961 ...

Page 980: ...mputer and printer are on the same network For information about net work settings ask your network administrator By default Bonjour is activated on the printer You can activate or deactivate the Bonjour function or change the printer name by using RemoteUI For instructions on changing it see Using RemoteUI P 938 1 Navigate to Applications Canon Utilities imagePROGRAF PrinterSetup and double click...

Page 981: ...printer to register and click Next 4 Complete Printer Name and Location as desired and click Register 5 Click Finish Network Setting Mac OS X Settings iPF6300S Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network 10 963 ...

Page 982: ...nu is displayed 3 Press or to select Interface Setup and then press the OK button 4 Press or to select AppleTalk and then press the OK button 5 Press or to select On and then press the OK button 6 Press the Menu button If you have changed any settings a confirmation message is displayed In this case press the OK button Important Be sure to complete step 6 This will activate the values you have ent...

Page 983: ...hoose Built in Ethernet Next click AppleTalk select Make AppleTalk Active and click Apply now 3 Close the Network window and save the settings Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the AppleTalk network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUI page http printer IP address o...

Page 984: ...haracters However do not use the following single byte characters Also avoid using which represents the default zone in the middle of a string 1 The object name you have specified in Name is displayed in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in Mac OS X 10 2 8 10 4 If you use multiple printers in the same zone assign a unique name to each printer By de fault the network interface name is Canon NB ...

Page 985: ...nding on what information you want to specify To change the administrator password click the Change Password button in the Security group 6 Refer to the table of settings for device information and security as you complete these settings Security setting items are displayed when you click the Change Password button in the Security group Device Information Settings Item Details Default Setting Devi...

Page 986: ...ton 4 Press or to select Ethernet Driver and then press the OK button 5 Press or to select Auto Detect and then press the OK button 6 Press or to select Off and then press the OK button The display reverts to the Ethernet Driver menu 7 Press or to select Comm Mode and then press the OK button 8 Press or to select the communication mode and then press the OK button The display reverts to the Ethern...

Page 987: ...Monitor Windows function to set up email recipients and message timing Besides being informed of finished print jobs or errors you can also complete settings for email notification when service is needed or it s time to replace consumables For detailed instructions see Specifying Printer Related Information P 967 Note For details on email notification using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor in Windows r...

Page 988: ...e RemoteUI page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx xxx xxx 2 Select Administrator Mode and click Logon 3 If a password has been set on the printer enter the password 4 Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page 5 Click Reset to Default settings in the lower right corner of the Network Interface group 6 After confirming the message click OK to res...

Page 989: ...Maintenance and Consumables Ink Tanks 972 Printheads 980 Maintenance Cartridge 990 Cleaning the Printer 998 Other Maintenance 1003 Consumables 1009 Maintenance and Consumables iPF6300S 11 971 ...

Page 990: ...Tank PFI 105Y PC Ink Tank PFI 105PC PM Ink Tank PFI 105PM GY Ink Tank PFI 105GY Note For instructions on Ink Tank replacement see Replacing Ink Tanks P 972 Replacing Ink Tanks Compatible ink tanks For information on supported ink tanks see Ink Tanks P 972 Precautions when handling ink tanks Take the following precautions when handling ink tanks Caution For safety keep ink tanks out of the reach of...

Page 991: ... may cause uneven colors in the printed image Confirm the message When the ink level becomes low a message is displayed on the Display Screen According to the message replace the ink tank or prepare a new ink tank See When to Replace Ink Tanks P 979 If a message requests you to replace an Ink Tank press the OK button In this case you can skip the step Access the menu for ink tank replacement Follo...

Page 992: ...play Screen requests you to open the Ink Tank Cover Remove the Ink Tank at this point Remove the Ink Tanks 1 Open the Ink Tank Cover and check the ink lamps Ink lamps flash when there is little ink left 2 Press the tip of the Ink Tank Lock Lever of the color for replacement horizontally and lift the Ink Tank Lock Lever to open it Maintenance and Consumables Ink Tanks Replacing Ink Tanks iPF6300S 1...

Page 993: ...l ink in the Ink Tank you removed store it with the ink holes a facing up Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains Put the Ink Tank in a plastic bag and seal it Note Dispose of used ink tanks according to local regulations Maintenance and Consumables Ink Tanks iPF6300S Replacing Ink Tanks 11 975 ...

Page 994: ...emove and agitate ink tanks that have already been installed in the printer Ink may leak out If you do not agitate the Ink Tank the ink may settle which may affect printing quality 2 Open the pouch and remove the Ink Tank Important Never touch the ink holes or electrical contacts This may cause stains damage the Ink Tank and affect printing quality Maintenance and Consumables Ink Tanks Replacing I...

Page 995: ...If the Ink Tank does not fit in the holder do not force it into the holder Make sure the color of the Ink Tank Lock Lever matches the color of the Ink Tank and check the orientation of the Ink Tank before reloading it 4 Push the Ink Tank Lock Lever closed until it clicks into place 5 Make sure the Ink Lamp is lit in red Maintenance and Consumables Ink Tanks iPF6300S Replacing Ink Tanks 11 977 ...

Page 996: ...ed and the Tab Selection screen cannot be displayed display Ink Info as follows 1 Press the OK button to display Printer Info 2 Press the or button to select Ink Info 3 Press the OK button The remaining ink levels shown on the Display Screen correspond to the inks identified by the Color Label on the bottom of the Display Screen These symbols may be displayed above the ink level if ink is low if n...

Page 997: ...t and Not much ink is left is shown on the Display Screen You can continue to print but prepare to replace the Ink Tank See Checking Ink Tank Levels P 978 Before print jobs and maintenance that consume a lot of ink If little ink is left there may not be enough for large format printing head cleaning and maintenance which require a lot of ink In this case replace or prepare to replace the Ink Tank ...

Page 998: ...es are clear by printing a test pattern to check the nozzles Note Nozzles are periodically checked to ensure they are clear Configure the settings on the Control Panel menu in Nozzle Check See Menu Settings P 914 Paper to Prepare When Using Rolls An unused roll at least 10 inches wide When Using Sheets One sheet of unused paper of at least A4 Letter size 1 Load paper Loading Rolls on the Roll Hold...

Page 999: ...ons of the horizontal lines are faint or incomplete the nozzles for those colors are clogged If horizontal lines are faint or incomplete follow the steps below and check again for nozzle clogging 1 Clean the Printhead See Cleaning the Printhead P 981 2 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles Important If you repeat these steps several times but the horizontal lines are still faint or incomplete ...

Page 1000: ...dically checked to ensure they are clear Configure the settings on the Control Panel menu in Nozzle Check See Menu Settings P 914 Perform cleaning as follows 1 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Settings Adj tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Press the OK button The Set Adj Menu is displayed 3 Press or to select Mainte...

Page 1001: ...s Important There may be ink around the nozzles of the Printhead you remove Handle the Printhead carefully during replacement The ink may stain clothing Do not open the Printhead pouch until immediately before installation After removing the Printhead from the pouch install it right away If the Printhead is left after the pouch is opened the nozzles may dry out which may affect printing quality Ac...

Page 1002: ...on 6 Press or to select Replace P head and then press the OK button 7 Press or to select the Printhead for replacement Select Printhead L when replacing the left printhead and Printhead R when replacing the right printhead Make sure your selection is correct 8 Press the OK button Ink is now filled After about three minutes a message is shown on the Display Screen instructing you to open the Top Co...

Page 1003: ...ung out completely to wipe it clean Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b This may stain your hands and damage the printer Never touch the metal contacts of the Carriage This may damage the printer Maintenance and Consumables Printheads iPF6300S Replacing the Printhead 11 985 ...

Page 1004: ...ever forward all the way to open it completely 4 Pull up the Printhead Fixer Cover to open it completely 5 Remove the Printhead and press the OK button Maintenance and Consumables Printheads Replacing the Printhead iPF6300S 11 986 ...

Page 1005: ...he ink supply section d This may cause printing problems If you need to put a Printhead somewhere temporarily before installation do not keep the nozzles and metal contacts facing down If the nozzles or metal contacts are damaged it may affect the printing quality 7 While firmly holding the Printhead you have removed use your other hand to remove the orange Protective Part a Squeeze the grips c of...

Page 1006: ...rounding area If ink accidentally spills wipe off the ink with a dry cloth Do not reattach the Protective Part or protective material Dispose of these materials in accordance with local regulations 8 With the nozzles facing down and the metal contacts toward the back insert the Printhead into the Carriage Careful ly push the printhead firmly into the Carriage ensuring that the nozzles and metal co...

Page 1007: ...ontrol Panel menu See Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors Head Posi Adj P 827 12 Follow the instructions on the Display Screen and supply paper that you will use for printing After the paper is advanced Head Posi Adj will be executed automatically See Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors Head Posi Adj P 827 Note When printing fine lines or text at high precision on g...

Page 1008: ...e Maintenance Cartridge Take the following precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge Caution For safety keep the Maintenance Cartridge out of the reach of children If ink is accidentally ingested contact a physician immediately Important Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge except to replace it Ink may leak out To prevent ink from leaking from a used Maintenance Cartridge avoid droppi...

Page 1009: ... Do not replace the Maintenance Cartridge during initialization immediately after turning on the printer dur ing Printhead cleaning or when ink is being absorbed Ink may leak out Access the menu for Maintenance Cartridge replacement 1 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Settings Adj tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Pr...

Page 1010: ...artridges are heavy Always grasp the cartridge firmly and keep the cartridge lev el during removal and storage If you drop a used Maintenance Cartridge or store it at an angle ink may leak and cause stains The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is recorded on each printer Do not install a used Maintenance Cartridge in another printer Maintenance and Consumables Maintenance Cartridge Replacin...

Page 1011: ...bag and packaging material Holding the handles a on both sides pull out the cartridge Important Never touch the metal contacts a This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge Maintenance and Consumables Maintenance Cartridge iPF6300S Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge 11 993 ...

Page 1012: ...s you put it in the plastic bag that was in the box as shown 5 Expel excess air from the plastic bag as you seal the zipper Fold the bag in half Maintenance and Consumables Maintenance Cartridge Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge iPF6300S 11 994 ...

Page 1013: ...se ink may leak and cause stains Note In accordance with active and ongoing environmental programs Canon supports recycling of used maintenance cartridges Follow the instructions provided with the new Maintenance Cartridge that describe how to process the used Maintenance Cartridge 7 Holding the handles a on both sides of the new Maintenance Cartridge insert it completely keeping it level Maintena...

Page 1014: ...artridge absorbs excess ink from borderless printing printhead cleaning and other processes You can confirm the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge by checking the Maintenance Cartridge capacity shown on the Display Screen To check remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity access the Tab Selection screen on the Control Panel and press or to select the Settings Adj tab Maintenance and Co...

Page 1015: ...the Display Screen You can continue to print but check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and prepare to replace the Maintenance Cartridge with a new one See Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity P 996 When much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is depleted Printhead cleaning Printhead replacement and preparations to transfer the printer deplete much of the Maintenanc...

Page 1016: ... with a dry cloth Warning Never use flammable solvents such as alcohol benzene or thinner If these substances come into con tact with electrical components inside the printer there is a risk of fire or electrical shock Important If the Ejection Guide is dirty it may soil the edge of the paper when the paper is cut We recommend cleaning the Ejection Guide even if it does not appear dirty because it...

Page 1017: ...he edge of the paper when the paper is cut We recommend clean ing the Ejection Guide even if it does not appear dirty because it may actually be covered with paper dust 1 On the Tab Selection screen of the Control Panel press or to select the Settings Adj tab Note If the Tab Selection screen is not displayed press the Menu button 2 Press the OK button The Set Adj Menu is displayed 3 Press or to se...

Page 1018: ...it away Note If the Cleaning Brush is dirty rinse it in water 7 Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely wipe inside the Top Cover to clean it Wipe away any ink residue on the Platen as a whole on the Paper Retainer Borderless Printing Ink Grooves and blue Switch Maintenance and Consumables Cleaning the Printer Cleaning Inside the Top Cover iPF6300S 11 1000 ...

Page 1019: ...uality Do not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b This may stain your hands and damage the printer 8 Close the Top Cover Cleaning the Paper Retainer Clean the Paper Retainer about once a month to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems Also clean the Paper Retainer in the following situations to ensure optimal operation If the printed surface or the underside of paper i...

Page 1020: ...and unplug the power cord before cleaning or maintenance Accidentally leaving the printer on poses a risk of injury if you touch moving parts inside the printer 3 Remove the Roll Feed Unit See Removing the Roll Feed Unit P 805 4 Fold a sheet of Plain Paper two or three times a and insert it under the Paper Retainer b from behind the printer to wipe the entire surface of the Paper Retainer clean 5 ...

Page 1021: ...enance Cartridge before transfer prepara tions In this case you will need one new Maintenance Cartridge See Replacing the Maintenance Car tridge P 990 Note Depending on the state of the printer part replacement may be necessary when preparing to transfer the printer that is when you execute the printer menu item to prepare for transfer Remove paper 1 Remove the paper Rolls See Removing the Roll fr...

Page 1022: ...sage Consumables must be replaced Call for service is shown on the Display Screen and preparation is not possible If this message is displayed press the OK button and contact your Canon dealer for assistance Remove the Ink Tank 1 Open the Ink Tank Cover 2 Lift the ink tank lock levers and remove all ink tanks Maintenance and Consumables Other Maintenance Preparing to Transfer the Printer iPF6300S ...

Page 1023: ...hen close the Ink Tank Cover At this point ink is drawn out from inside the tubes Important Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during this process Ink may leak out When the process is finished Completed Turn Power Off is displayed Pack the printer 1 Press the Power button and turn off the printer Maintenance and Consumables Other Maintenance iPF6300S Preparing to Transfer the Printer 11 1005 ...

Page 1024: ...plug the printer plug it in again reinstall the ink tanks and follow this procedure again 2 Disconnect the power cord and interface cable 3 Open the Top Cover 4 Pinch the Belt together insert it between the Belt Stopper and affix the Belt Stopper to the Carriage Shaft Maintenance and Consumables Other Maintenance Preparing to Transfer the Printer iPF6300S 11 1006 ...

Page 1025: ...nd stored after initial installation 5 Close the Top Cover 6 Tape down printer covers to secure them in the reverse order of tape removal during installation 7 Repack the Roll Holder Holder Stopper and printer in shipping materials and then package them in a shipping box Maintenance and Consumables Other Maintenance iPF6300S Preparing to Transfer the Printer 11 1007 ...

Page 1026: ...The Set Adj Menu is displayed 3 Press or to select Printer Info and then press the OK button 4 Press or to select System Info and then press the OK button The firmware version is displayed Updating the Firmware To obtain the latest firmware visit the Canon website If the firmware available online is newer than the installed firmware update the printer firmware For details on downloading and updati...

Page 1027: ...Consumables Ink Tanks 972 Printhead 980 Maintenance Cartridge 990 Maintenance and Consumables Consumables iPF6300S 11 1009 ...

Page 1028: ...oblems Regarding Paper 1013 Printing does not start 1023 The printer stops during a print job 1025 Problems with the printing quality 1026 Cannot print over a network 1039 Installation problems 1041 Other problems 1043 Troubleshooting iPF6300S 12 1010 ...

Page 1029: ...Tank replacement is possible even when print jobs are being canceled or when paper is being advanced When to Replace Ink Tanks P 979 Does this printer sup port sub ink tank sys tem This printer does not support sub ink tank system Thus the ink tank cannot be replaced during printing Replacing Ink Tanks P 972 I want to know how to configure roll cutting You can select the cutting method by the sett...

Page 1030: ...d from multiple printers When the execution guide is displayed Using Color Calibration for Color Adjustment P 844 How do I print without wasting paper To conserve paper you can specify in the printer driver to rotate originals 90 degrees or to print without top and bottom margins Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees P 172 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top an...

Page 1031: ...it and clear the paper jam as follows 1 Turn the printer off before removing the Roll Feed Unit from the printer See Removing the Roll Feed Unit P 805 2 Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot 3 Attach the Roll Feed Unit to the printer See Installing the Roll Feed Unit P 806 Remove scraps left in the Paper Feed Slot Follow these steps to remove any scraps left in the Paper Feed Slot after...

Page 1032: ...Roll Paper If paper from a roll becomes jammed Paper jam is shown on the Display Screen of the Control Panel Remove the jam med paper as follows Important For instructions on removing scraps from the paper feed slot after clearing jammed roll paper see Clearing Jammed Paper Paper Feed Slot P 1013 1 Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover Use a commercially available cutter or the like to cut the paper of th...

Page 1033: ...en the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side 2 Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 3 Close the Top Cover Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper iPF6300S Clearing Jammed Roll Paper 12 1015 ...

Page 1034: ...stain your hands and damage the printer If paper from a roll is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot 1 Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover 2 Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper Clearing Jammed Roll Paper iPF6300S 12 1016 ...

Page 1035: ...Jammed Paper Paper Feed Slot P 1013 If the paper is jammed by the Ejection Guide Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 4 Press the OK button Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper iPF6300S Clearing Jammed Roll Paper 12 1017 ...

Page 1036: ...e OK button 2 Remove the jammed paper If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover 1 Open the Top Cover and manually move the Carriage to the side 2 Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 3 Close the Top Cover Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper Clearing a Jammed Sheet Fed Manually iPF6300S 12 1018 ...

Page 1037: ...y stain your hands and damage the printer If the paper is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot of the Top Paper Feed Slot Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper iPF6300S Clearing a Jammed Sheet Fed Manually 12 1019 ...

Page 1038: ...e the jammed paper from the Output Tray After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer If paper is jammed in the back of the printer Remove the jammed paper from the back of the printer After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper Clearing a Jammed Sheet Fed Manually iPF6300S 12 1...

Page 1039: ...n The paper is bent or curled at the cut position Straighten out any curling by the edges of the paper Paper rises by the ends of the cut position be fore it is cut Reload the paper correctly You are using paper that cannot be cut with the Cutter Unit Specify Manual in Cutting Mode in the Control Panel menu and use scissors or a cutting tool to cut the roll after printing See Specifying the Cuttin...

Page 1040: ...ress the Cut button to cut the paper If the Cutting Mode is Manual cut rolls with scissors or the like Depression on the leading edge is left Cause Corrective Action Keeping a roll in the printer for a long time without printing on it may leave a de pression on the leading edge When printing quality is most important we recommend setting Tri mEdge Reload to On or Automatic so that the paper edge i...

Page 1041: ...in the Printers and Faxes or Printers window 2 Clear Pause Printing in the File menu to restart the print job In Mac OS X restart the print job as follows 1 Click Print Fax This is identified as Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in other versions of Mac OS X 2 Select the printer and then Resume Printer or Start Jobs in the Printers menu to restart the print job The printer does not respond eve...

Page 1042: ...on is in pro gress Please wait until ink agitation is finished The time for agitation varies depending on how long the printer has been off Between about 30 seconds and two minutes Troubleshooting Printing does not start The display screen indicates Agitating iPF6300S 12 1024 ...

Page 1043: ... Rolls P 5 The printer ejects blank unprinted paper Status Corrective Action The leading edge of the roll paper was cut to straighten it The leading edge of rolls may be cut to straighten it if you have selected Trim Edge First On or Automatic in the Control Panel menu See Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically P 802 The Printhead nozzles are clogged Print a test pattern to check the...

Page 1044: ...caused by the type of paper 1038 Printing is faint Cause Corrective Action You may be printing on the wrong side of the paper Print on the printing surface The Printhead nozzles are clogged Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if they are clogged See Checking for Nozzle Clogging P 980 Because the printer was left with out ink tanks installed for some time ink has become clogged in the...

Page 1045: ... menu In the Control Panel menu set Head Height to Automatic See Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images Head Height P 831 You are printing on heavyweight paper or paper that curls or wrin kles easily after absorbing ink When printing on Heavyweight Coated Paper or other paper based media choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Strong or Strongest in the Control Panel menu If rubbing still occu...

Page 1046: ... printed because Cut DustReduct is On in the Control Panel menu to reduce cutting dust If this function is not needed set CutDustReduct to Off in the Control Panel menu See Menu Settings P 914 The Printhead is set too low in the Control Panel menu In the Control Panel menu set Head Height to Automatic See Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images Head Height P 831 You are printing on heavyw...

Page 1047: ...t across the trailing edge of paper Cause Corrective Action The paper was removed without pressing the OK button after printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot Following the instructions displayed press the OK button and after removing the paper press the OK button again Wipe the rollers to clean them See Cleaning Inside the Top Cover P 998 See Cleaning the Paper Retainer P 1001 Immediately after b...

Page 1048: ...se a different version of the firmware or printer driver or when you print under different settings or in a different printing environment Follow these steps to prepare the printing envi ronment 1 Use the same version of firmware or printer driver 2 Specify the same value for all settings items 3 Execute color calibration When reinstalling the printer driver you changed the region selec tion of th...

Page 1049: ... type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again Colors in printed images are uneven Cause Corrective Action Line Drawing Text is selected when printing images in many solid colors In Print Priority in the Advanced Settings of the printer driver choose Im age You are printing on paper that curls easily Printed colors may appear uneven on the leading edge of paper that is suscepti ble to...

Page 1050: ... sheets or similar paper execute Adj Far Ed Feed with the Front Tray Guides raised Also keep the Front Tray Guides raised during print ing Lower the Front Tray Guides when printing on paper other than heavyweight sheets Scan Wait Time Area in the Con trol Panel menu is set to Leading edge When Scan Wait Time Area is set to Leading edge colors may be uneven 110 140 mm from the leading edge The posi...

Page 1051: ...9 Make sure the same type of paper is specified in the printer driver as you have loa ded in the printer 1 Press the Stop button and stop printing 2 Change the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again Setting the Blue Switch on the Platen If printed documents exhibit the following symptoms adjust the setting of the blue Switch on the Platen Image edges are blurred Image edges are...

Page 1052: ... the Cleaning Brush a 4 Using the back of the Cleaning Brush move the first Switch to the side opposite Troubleshooting Problems with the printing quality Setting the Blue Switch on the Platen iPF6300S 12 1034 ...

Page 1053: ...06 4mm ISO A2 17 in Roll 431 8mm or ANSI C 5 515 mm 20 in JIS B2 or JIS B3 6 610 mm 24 in ISO A1 ISO A2 or 20 x24 6 Using the back of the Cleaning Brush move the Switch to the side opposite corresponding to the size of the paper for printing In this case note that you will move the switch in the opposite direction from the direction in step 4 7 Close the Top Cover Troubleshooting Problems with the...

Page 1054: ...the printer driver does not match the type loaded in the printer Load paper of the same type as you have specified in the printer driver See Loading Rolls in the Printer P 784 See Loading Sheets in the Feed Slot P 809 Make sure the same type of paper is specified in the printer driver as you have loaded in the printer 1 Press the Stop button and stop printing 2 Change the type of paper in the prin...

Page 1055: ...e printer 1 Press the Stop button and stop printing 2 Change the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again Incorrect Printhead alignment value When printing fine lines or text at high precision on glossy or semi glossy photo or proofing paper set the optimal Printhead height before aligning the printhead See Enhancing Printing Quality P 825 In the Control Panel menu use a lower He...

Page 1056: ...ding on the type of paper printed lines may be noticeably misaligned Specify Proof in Print Priority in the printer driver See Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Print ing P 64 Borderless printing is not possible Cause Corrective Action When executing borderless printing on A1 594 mm or A2 420 mm rolls the Spacer for Border less Printing was not attached to the Roll Hold...

Page 1057: ...e Ethernet cable Check the communication mode with the hub Although the printer normally detects the hub communication mode and transmission rate automatically in auto negotiation mode sometimes the hub settings cannot be detected In this case configure the connection method manually specifying the communication mode in use See Configuring the Communication Mode Manually P 968 Cannot print over a ...

Page 1058: ...is available 4 If data transmission to a printer on another subnet fails deactivate NCP burst mode in that printer s network protocol settings 5 If the printer is used in queue server mode specify Other Unknown as the printer type Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks Cause Corrective Action The AppleTalk protocol is not enabled on the printer Activate AppleTalk on the printer See Config...

Page 1059: ... Removing printer drivers and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh Remove the printer driver or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor as follows 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM provided with the printer in the CD ROM drive 2 Start the printer driver installer included in the User Software CD ROM Open the OS X folder and double click iPF Driver Installer X 3 In the upper left menu choose Uninstall and then cl...

Page 1060: ... removing printer drivers varies depending on the version of Windows 1 From the Windows start menu select Programs imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Uninstaller image PROGRAF Device Setup Utility to start the wizard 2 In the wizard window click Delete and then click Next 3 Follow the instructions on the screen to remove imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Troubleshooting Installation problems Removi...

Page 1061: ...e voltage of the outlet and breaker See Specifications P 1078 The printer takes time to start up Cause Corrective Action The printer may have shut down incorrectly last time This may happen after power outages or if the printer is unplugged before it is turned off In this case the next time power is restored the printer s hard disk is checked and startup may take some time Please wait a while beca...

Page 1062: ...rtridge are not cleared Cause Corrective Action The printer has not detected the new Maintenance Cartridge that was used to replace the old one Remove the new Maintenance Cartridge you have just installed and insert it again firmly Restart the printer The printer consumes a lot of ink Cause Corrective Action Many full page color images are printed In print jobs such as photos images are filled wit...

Page 1063: ...lling ink Important After ink level detection has been released this function cannot be reactivated for currently loaded Ink Tank To use ink level detection again replace the Ink Tank with new ones specified for use with the printer Repeatedly removing and inserting an Ink Tank may damage the connection between the Ink Tank and the printer which may cause ink leakage from the Ink Tank and damage t...

Page 1064: ...ss or to select Yes and then press the OK button 6 Check the message and press the button 7 Check the message and press the button 8 Press or to select Yes and then press the OK button Troubleshooting Other problems Ink Level Detection iPF6300S 12 1046 ...

Page 1065: ...information is shown on the Display Screen After checking the mes sage press the button 10 Press or to select Yes and then press the OK button Ink level detection is now released Troubleshooting Other problems iPF6300S Ink Level Detection 12 1047 ...

Page 1066: ...per 1051 Messages regarding ink 1062 Messages regarding printing or adjustment 1065 Messages regarding printheads 1068 Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge 1070 Messages regarding the hard disk 1072 Other Messages 1074 Error Message iPF6300S 13 1048 ...

Page 1067: ... error xxxxxxxx xxxx x represents a letter or number 1074 Ink insufficient 1062 Insufficient paper for job 1055 Mail box full Delete unwanted data 1073 Mail box full Now printing without saving data 1072 Mail box nearly full 1073 Maint cart The level is low 1070 Maintenance cartridge full 1070 Maintenance cartridge problem 1071 Manual printing is selected but a roll is loaded 1057 Manual printing ...

Page 1068: ...ontact with roll holder 1061 Roll printing is selected but manual paper is loaded 1056 Roll printing is selected 1055 The mail box is full 1072 The paper is too small 1052 The paper is too small 1053 The roll is empty 1056 This paper cannot be used 1055 Unknown file 1075 Wrong ink tank 1064 Wrong maintenance cartridge 1070 Wrong paper feed slot for manual paper 1057 Wrong x printhead x is L R or n...

Page 1069: ... paper feed 1060 Borderless printng not possible 1060 Roll paper is not securely in contact with roll holder 1061 Paper mismatch Cause Corrective Action You tried to print a test pattern for printer adjustment on several sheets but sheets of different types or sizes of paper were used When printing a test pattern for adjustment use sheets of the same size and type of paper in the required quantity...

Page 1070: ...nu is set to Warning the type of paper loaded does not match the type specified in the printer driver You can continue to print but note that this error may cause problems in the printing results The paper is too small Cause Corrective Action When Detect Mismatch in the Control Panel menu is set to Pause or Hold Job paper small er than the size specified in the printer driver is loaded Press or to...

Page 1071: ... to select Stop Printing and then press the OK button PaprWidth Mismatch Cause Corrective Action When Detect Mismatch in the Control Panel menu is set to Pause or Warning the width of the loaded roll does not match the width specified in Fit Roll Paper Width in the printer driver Press or to select Print and then press the OK button to resume printing However note that this error may cause paper j...

Page 1072: ...oll Holder from the printer push the roll firmly in until it touches the Roll Holder flange and reload the Roll Holder in the printer See Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 781 Follow these steps to reload the sheet 1 Press the OK button 2 Adjust the right edge of the sheet to make it par allel to the right Paper Alignment Line and the trailing edge of the sheet to make it parallel to the paper al...

Page 1073: ...e Action Paper that is too large for the printer has been loaded Press the OK button and load paper of the correct size See Paper Sizes P 774 Paper that is too small for the printer has been loaded Press the OK button and load paper of the correct size See Paper Sizes P 774 Paper has been loaded that is too small to print the test pattern for printhead adjustment or noz zle checking Press the OK b...

Page 1074: ...control panel menu and a barcode is not printed on the roll also specify the paper length See Specifying the Paper Length P 789 5 If Not finished printing Finish printing remaining jobs is shown on the Display Screen press the OK button Printing will resume starting from the page on which the error occurred There is remaining roll paper but be cause it could not be advanced it could not be de tect...

Page 1075: ...e and size of paper you have specified in the printer driver See Removing the Roll from the Printer P 790 See Loading and Printing on Sheets P 9 Press or to select Stop Printing and then press the OK button to stop printing Wrong paper feed slot for manual paper Cause Corrective Action The Paper Feed Slot used to load the sheet is different from the Paper Feed Slot specified in Paper Source in the...

Page 1076: ...displayed repeatedly despite reloading paper for example choose Off or Loose in the Skew Check Lv setting of the printer menu However this may cause jams and printing prob lems because paper may be askew when printed Also the Platen may become soiled which may soil the back of the next document when it is printed Paper not aligned with right guide Cause Corrective Action When paper was loaded it w...

Page 1077: ...inter P 784 There is a foreign object by the Output Tray obstructing the Cutter Unit 1 Lift the Top Cover and remove the foreign object 2 If Not finished printing Finish printing remaining jobs is shown on the Dis play Screen press the OK button Printing will resume starting from the page on which the error occurred You are not using the printer under the recommended en vironmental conditions for ...

Page 1078: ...e Paper and then press the OK button See Removing the Roll from the Printer P 790 See Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder P 792 2 Replace the paper with paper compatible for borderless printing See Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 781 See Loading Rolls in the Printer P 784 The printer now starts printing the print job For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to...

Page 1079: ... printing The document will be printed with a border Press or and select Stop Printing or press the Stop button to stop printing Roll paper is not securely in contact with roll holder Cause Corrective Action When the roll was loaded the roll was not in serted firmly all the way on the Roll Holder Follow these steps to reload the roll 1 Press the OK button and remove the roll holder from the printe...

Page 1080: ... then press the OK button to resume printing However note that this error may affect the printing quali ty Press the OK button and replace the Ink Tank that is low with a new Ink Tank See Replacing Ink Tanks P 972 No ink left Cause Corrective Action There is no ink left Open the Ink Tank Cover and replace the Ink Tank for which the Ink Lamp is flashing See Replacing Ink Tanks P 972 Remaining level...

Page 1081: ...are a new Ink Tank We recommend replacing the Ink Tank with a new Ink Tank at this point if you plan to print large format or high quantity jobs No ink tank loaded Cause Corrective Action There is no Ink Tank of the indicated color in the printer Load the Ink Tank See Replacing Ink Tanks P 972 Error Message Messages regarding ink iPF6300S Close Ink Tank Cover 13 1063 ...

Page 1082: ...a new Ink Tank See Replacing Ink Tanks P 972 Wrong ink tank Cause Corrective Action The Ink Tank in the printer is incompatible Load an Ink Tank specified for use with the printer See Replacing Ink Tanks P 972 Error Message Messages regarding ink Wrong ink tank iPF6300S 13 1064 ...

Page 1083: ...alibration See the Paper Reference Guide See Paper Reference Guide Always make sure the loaded paper matches the type of paper in the printer paper settings Ad justment cannot be completed correctly unless the loaded paper matches the settings Cannot print as specified Cause Corrective Action The loaded paper is too small When you have attempted to print a test print sheet or other printer status ...

Page 1084: ...recommended for various types of paper For de tails on the recommended environmental conditions see the Paper Reference Guide See Paper Reference Guide Press or to select Continue and then press the OK button to continue with color calibration However note that correct adjustment may not be possi ble Please execute calibration Cause Corrective Action There is not even one color calibration executi...

Page 1085: ...side See Setting the Blue Switch on the Platen P 1033 Cannot adjust paper feed Cause Corrective Action The Printhead nozzles are clogged Execute Adj Quality again as follows 1 Press the OK button to clear the error 2 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles See Checking for Nozzle Clogging P 980 3 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged See Cleaning the Printhead P 981 4 Execute Adj Qualit...

Page 1086: ...rent film is loaded Press the OK button to clear the error We recommend using a type of paper that you often use other than film for Printhead adjust ment See Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors Head Posi Adj P 827 PHeads wrong pos Cause Corrective Action The printheads are installed in the wrong positions Open the Top Cover and switch the Printhead used once in the right side to t...

Page 1087: ...he Printhead L if Printhead L is displayed and the Printhead R if Printhead R is dis played If neither left or right is indicated install both Printhead L and Printhead R See Replacing the Printhead P 982 Execute printhead cleaning Cause Corrective Action The Printhead noz zles are clogged Follow these steps to clean the Printhead 1 Stop printing by pressing or to select Stop Printing 2 Clean the ...

Page 1088: ... cart The level is low Cause Corrective Action The Maintenance Cartridge is almost full You can continue to print but prepare a new Maintenance Cartridge to use when the message for replacement is displayed No Maintenance Cartridge capacity Cause Corrective Action The Maintenance Cartridge cannot absorb enough ink for Printhead cleaning or other operation After confirming that the printer has stop...

Page 1089: ... used Maintenance Cartridge has been installed Install an unused Maintenance Cartridge specified for use with the printer See Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge P 990 Error Message Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge iPF6300S Maintenance cartridge problem 13 1071 ...

Page 1090: ... printer Only the corrupted files will be deleted and the printer will restart The mail box is full Cause Corrective Action There is no more space on the printer s hard disk Press the Stop button and stop printing Delete print jobs from the queue See Managing the Job Queue Deleting or Preempting Other Jobs P 724 Delete unneeded jobs stored in personal boxes See Deleting Saved Jobs P 736 Mail box f...

Page 1091: ...al box Delete unneeded jobs stored in personal boxes See Deleting Saved Jobs P 736 Mail box full Delete unwanted data Cause Corrective Action 100 jobs are stored in the Personal Box Press the Stop button and stop printing Delete print jobs from the queue See Managing the Job Queue Deleting or Preempting Other Jobs P 724 Delete unneeded jobs stored in personal boxes See Deleting Saved Jobs P 736 Er...

Page 1092: ... printing results ERROR Exxx xxxx x represents a letter or number Cause Corrective Action An error requiring service may have occurred Write down the error code and message turn off the printer and con tact your Canon dealer for assistance Hardware error xxxxxxxx xxxx x represents a letter or number Cause Corrective Action The last portion of roll paper was used during a print job The paper was no...

Page 1093: ...e consumables for which service is required Contact your Canon dealer for assistance Unknown file Cause Corrective Action Data sent to keep the printer up to date such as paper information is in the wrong format Check the data Turn off the printer and wait a while before restor ing power and then resend the data You have uploaded firmware for a different model Check the firmware version Turn off t...

Page 1094: ...nsure the printer is not used when exposed to direct sunlight or strong lighting The performance of a sensor inside the printer may be impaired Turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring the power If the message is displayed again contact your Canon dealer for as sistance Error Message Other Messages Multi sensor error iPF6300S 13 1076 ...

Page 1095: ...Specifications Printer Specifications 1078 Specifications iPF6300S 14 1077 ...

Page 1096: ... mm 58 1 69 7 25 4 in With stand 1 477 1 970 1 291 mm 58 1 77 6 50 8 in Applicable standards International Energy Star Law on Promoting Green Purchasing Japan Eco Mark GPN EU RoHS The Eco Declaration Europe WEEE U S presidential directives Chinese RoHS ErP Lot6 Europe 1 The printer uses a trace amount of power even when turned off To stop all power consumption turn off the printer and unplug the p...

Page 1097: ...nk Ink Tank BK Ink Tank Black Ink Pigment ink PFI 105BK MBK Ink Tank Matte Black Ink Pigment ink PFI 105MBK C Ink Tank Cyan Ink Pigment ink PFI 105C M Ink Tank Magenta Ink Pigment ink PFI 105M Y Ink Tank Yellow Ink Pigment ink PFI 105Y PC Ink Tank Photo Cyan Ink Pigment ink PFI 105PC PM Ink Tank Photo Ma genta Ink Pigment ink PFI 105PM GY Ink Tank Gray Ink Pigment ink PFI 105GY Capacity 130 ml 4 4...

Page 1098: ...515 0mm ISO A1 A2 Roll 594 0mm 24 in Roll 609 6mm Sheets Top Paper Feed Slot ISO A1 ISO A2 ISO A2 ISO A3 ISO A3 ISO A4 ISO B2 ISO B3 ISO B4 JIS B2 JIS B3 JIS B4 22 x34 ANSI D 17 x22 ANSI C 11 x17 Ledger 13 x19 Super B Letter 8 5 x11 Legal 8 5 x14 24 x36 ARCH D 18 x24 ARCH C 12 x18 ARCH B 9 x12 ARCH A DIN C2 DIN C3 DIN C4 20 x24 18 x22 14 x17 12 x16 10 x12 10 x15 US Photo 16 x20 Post er 20 x30 13 x...

Page 1099: ... Printing 4 POP Board etc for heavyweight paper Hard Disk Hard disk capacity 160 GB Personal mail boxes Permanent stor age area 92 GB Print job storage capacity Common Box 100 jobs Personal Boxes 100 jobs Print Area A margin required by the printer is added with respect to the size of paper loaded in the printer Except in borderless print ing the actual printing area corresponds to the paper size ...

Page 1100: ...3 mm 0 91 in Note Printable area The area that can be printed Guaranteed Print Area We recommend printing within this area To print so that your original matches the print area exactly use an oversized paper size that includes the required margin See Printing on Oversized Paper P 93 When printing from the Top Paper Feed Slot you can choose a bottom margin of either 3 mm 0 12 in or 23 mm 0 91 in Sp...

Page 1101: ...d Print Area A margin of 20 mm 0 79 in on top 5 mm 0 20 in on bottom and 5 mm 0 20 in on left and right sides is required Note Printable area The area that can be printed Guaranteed Print Area We recommend printing within this area To print so that your original matches the print area exactly use an oversized paper size that includes the required margin See Printing on Oversized Paper P 93 Specifi...

Page 1102: ...Appendix How to use this manual 1085 Disposal of the product 1096 Appendix iPF6300S 15 1084 ...

Page 1103: ...on names and user interface elements Key and button names on the control panel and user interface elements in software such as menus and buttons are indicated as follows in this user manual Control panel buttons Example Press the OK button Control panel messages Example Head Cleaning is displayed Software interface items menus and buttons Example Click OK Keyboard keys Example Press the Tab key Cr...

Page 1104: ...cy of information in this user manual but if you notice errors or omissions please con tact us Viewing Videos of Explanations To view videos related to topic pages click the View Video button The video will play in a separate window This way you can learn by watching demonstrations of the actual procedures Video Requirements In Windows Adobe Flash Player must be installed to view the videos If it ...

Page 1105: ...Search results are listed at left 2 Click a topic you want to read The terms you searched for will be highlighted in the topic Appendix How to use this manual iPF6300S Searching Topics 15 1087 ...

Page 1106: ...To review multiple topics at once select the check box of desired topics and click the Apply button Appendix How to use this manual Searching Topics iPF6300S 15 1088 ...

Page 1107: ... as an example Printing a group of topics in the manual When you access printable HTML versions of the content from section titles in the table of contents you can specify a group of topics to print 1 Click a section title in the table of contents Here Basic Printing Workflow is used as an example 2 Click Access to the HTML for printing in the title area Appendix How to use this manual iPF6300S HT...

Page 1108: ...ting Workflow are displayed together in HTML format ready for printing 3 Clear the sections you will not print and click the Apply button Appendix How to use this manual HTML Version of the Manual for Printing iPF6300S 15 1090 ...

Page 1109: ... the table of contents you can specify a group of topics to print 1 Click a section title in the table of contents Here Basic Printing Workflow is used as an example 2 Under Basic Printing Workflow click Printing Procedure Appendix How to use this manual iPF6300S HTML Version of the Manual for Printing 15 1091 ...

Page 1110: ... the HTML for printing in the title area The topics in Printing Procedure are displayed together in HTML format ready for printing Appendix How to use this manual HTML Version of the Manual for Printing iPF6300S 15 1092 ...

Page 1111: ...ss the printing dialog box as follows depending on your computer s operating system Windows In Windows right click anywhere in the explanation area except on a figure or a link In the shortcut menu click Print to display the Print dialog box Appendix How to use this manual iPF6300S HTML Version of the Manual for Printing 15 1093 ...

Page 1112: ...igure or a link while holding the Ctrl key In the shortcut menu click Print Frame to display the Print dialog box 2 Specify conditions as needed and then click Print Windows or Print Macintosh Windows Appendix How to use this manual HTML Version of the Manual for Printing iPF6300S 15 1094 ...

Page 1113: ... Macintosh Note To print only individual topics that are displayed use this method Appendix How to use this manual iPF6300S HTML Version of the Manual for Printing 15 1095 ...

Page 1114: ...Disposal of the product WEEE Directive 1097 Appendix Disposal of the product iPF6300S 15 1096 ...

Page 1115: ...WEEE Directive Appendix Disposal of the product iPF6300S WEEE Directive 15 1097 ...

Page 1116: ...Appendix Disposal of the product WEEE Directive iPF6300S 15 1098 ...

Page 1117: ...Appendix Disposal of the product iPF6300S WEEE Directive 15 1099 ...

Page 1118: ...Appendix Disposal of the product WEEE Directive iPF6300S 15 1100 ...

Page 1119: ...Appendix Disposal of the product iPF6300S WEEE Directive 15 1101 ...

Page 1120: ...Appendix Disposal of the product WEEE Directive iPF6300S 15 1102 ...

Page 1121: ...Appendix Disposal of the product iPF6300S WEEE Directive 15 1103 ...

Page 1122: ...Appendix Disposal of the product WEEE Directive iPF6300S 15 1104 ...

Page 1123: ...Appendix Disposal of the product iPF6300S WEEE Directive 15 1105 ...

Page 1124: ...5 Maintenance Cartridge 996 1070 N Navigate 960 962 NetWare print service 950 Nozzle 244 515 827 980 O Open Preview 184 208 216 241 249 Orientation 190 192 396 411 Output Method 236 P Page Setup Pane 513 Page Setup Sheet 233 Photo Paper 23 25 30 34 851 855 860 864 869 871 PosterArtist 44 Power 877 1005 Print Job Log 428 438 Print area 93 Printer Driver Settings 202 486 Printhead 880 997 Printing V...

Page 1125: ...V Vacuum Strength 842 W When to replace 982 ...

Page 1126: ... CANON INC 2011 ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for imagePROGRAF iPF6300S

Vinyl Express Qe6000 Setup Manual preview
Qe6000
Brand: Vinyl Express Pages: 2
Saga SAGA-1350I Quick Start Manual preview
SAGA-1350I
Brand: Saga Pages: 18

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands